C#

C# Basics Explained in Brief
JULY 11, 2013 BY KASIA MIKOLUK3 COMMENTS
C# is one of the most used programming languages today. It is based on the concepts of C++, and is very similar to Java. If you know either of these languages, you should be able to learn C# basics quite easily. You can then develop C# applications and run them on the currently popular .NET framework.
Classes, Members and Objects

The most basic building block of a C# code are classes and objects. Every class has members that define the data and behavior of the class. Objects are real instances of a class. You can give public or private access to the classes defined in your program. Private classes can have only one object instance, which helps to hide data from the rest of the code. You need to start and end a class definition with left and right curly brackets respectively; this forms the class body.
Abstraction
Some classes do not define objects, but define other classes instead. You can then define objects from the subclasses. This key concept of object-oriented programming is called abstraction. When a class has too many properties and you are only interested in some of them, loosely associate subclasses hide the interdependencies and reduce the complexity of the master class. Though it may sound complicated at first, you need to understand the concept of abstraction if youre learning C#.
Methods
You will find the mention of methods in any C# tutorial. Besides classes, you have methods, and each name is followed by a pair of open and close brackets. These carry out specific functions and enable you to break down the code in a modular fashion for the sake of simplicity. Every C# code starts off with the Main method. This is a static method, and can thus be accessed only by classes, and not by objects.
Variables
All data is stored using variables, each having a name and type. The data that you can assign to a variable is limited by its data type. For example, integer value cannot be assigned to a string variable. The value of a variable may change during the execution of the program. If there is no value assigned, the default value is taken for that data type.
Constants
The other elements that holds data in a C# program are constants; these have fixed values that are set during initialisation. These are preceded by the keyword const. For example: const int X = 5; it is a good practice to write the names of constants in upper case for the sake of readability, although the compiler would process it the same even if it were written in lower case.
Arrays
Like C and C++, C# also includes arrays. The difference here is that the square brackets that indicate the position of the array elements follow the type and not the array name or identifier. For example: int[] samplearray; Note that this declaration is not enough to create an actual instance of the array. You can do this as follows: int[] samplearray = new int[3];
If you want to assign values to this array, include them within curly braces right after int[3] in the above statement. Array indexing begins at zero. The size of an array is not fixed at the time it is defined; the number of elements within it can be changed anytime during the code. Square brackets following the array name allow you to access
1. What are the advantages of C# over C, C++ or Java?

individual elements. Like C++ and Java, C# is a high-level object-oriented programming language. It is generally more efficient than Java and has useful features such as operator overloading. C# is based on C++ but has several advantages over this older language: it is type-safe, more comprehensively object-oriented, and the syntax has been simplified in several important ways. Most importantly, C# interoperates exceptionally well with other languages on the .NET platform. For this reason, C# is a better choice for building applications for .NET. You can review the principles of programming in C# in this online C# .NET Programming for Beginners course.
2. How are namespaces used in C#?

Classes in the .NET framework can be organized using namespaces. The scope of a class is declared using the namespace keyword. You can then include methods from the namespace in your code by including the line using [namespace]; at the start of your program.
3. What is a constructor?
A constructor is the method of a class that is called when an object of that class is created. The constructor initializes class parameters and has the same name as the class.
4. What is a destructor?
A destructor deletes an object of the class from memory. It is called when the object is explicitly deleted by the code you write, or when the object passes out of scope, which can happen when the program exits a function. The destructor has the same name as the class, but with a tilde prefix.
5. How are methods overloaded in C#?

You can overload methods in C# by specifying different numbers or types of parameters in the method definition. Overloading can help to give your program the flexibility it needs to operate with different types of data input.
6. Why use encapsulation?

Encapsulation combining function definitions and data together into a class is used to separate parts of the code from the rest of the program. This allows the private data of an object to be hidden from the rest of the program, keep code clean and easy to understand, and allows classes to be reused in other programs. You can learn about good programming technique in this online course.
7. What is the difference between a class and a struct?
Whereas classes are passed by reference, structs are passed by value. Classes can be inherited, but structs cannot. Structs generally give better performance as they are stored on the stack rather than the heap.
8. What is the GAC?

The acronym GAC stands for Global Assembly Cache. The GAC is where assemblies are stored so that many different applications can share these assemblies. Multiple versions of assemblies can be stored in the GAC, with applications specifying which version to use in the config file.
9. How does .NET help to manage DLLs on a system?

When you have multiple DLLs on a system, you are in what is known as DLL Hell. Managing the DLLs can be particularly difficult if there are multiple versions of the various DLLs. In the .NET framework, assemblies are managed using the information stored in their metadata, and you can store multiple versions of each in the GAC.
10. What types of error can occur in a C# program?

The three possible types of C# error are as follows:
Syntax error. This type of error, which is identified during compilation, occurs because the programmer has used syntax incorrectly or included a typo in the code. Logic error. This type of error causes the program to do something other than what the programmer intended. The program will output an unexpected result in response to tests. Runtime error. This type of error causes the program to crash or terminate incorrectly.
If you can handle these questions, you stand a good chance of getting a job as a C# programmer. If you struggled with any of them, maybe you need
ADO.NET INTERVIEW QUESTIONS

Posted on by Ghost |
How do you create an instance of SqlDataReader class?

To create an instance of SqlDataReader class, you must call the ExecuteReader method of the SqlCommand object, instead of directly using a constructor. //Error! Cannot use SqlDataReader() constructor //to create an instance of SqlDataReader class SqlDataReader ReaderObject = new SqlDataReader(); //Call the ExecuteReader method of the SqlCommand object SqlCommand CommandObject = new SqlCommand(); SqlDataReader ReaderObject = CommandObject.ExecuteReader(); Creating an instance of SqlDataReader class using SqlDataReader() constructor generates a compile time error - The type 'System.Data.SqlClient.SqlDataReader' has no constructors defined. How do you programatically check if a specified SqlDataReader instance has been closed? Use the IsClosed property of SqlDataReader to check if a specified SqlDataReader instance has been closed. If IsClosed property returns true, the SqlDataReader instance has been closed else not closed. How do you get the total number of columns in the current row of a SqlDataReader instance? FieldCount property can be used to get the total number of columns in the current row of a SqlDataReader instance. Give an example for executing a stored procedure with parameters? //Create the Connection Object SqlConnection ConnectionObject = new SqlConnection(ConnectionString); //Create the Command Object SqlCommand CommandObject = new SqlCommand("StoredProcedureName", ConnectionObject); //Specify to CommandObject that you intend to execute a Stored Procedure CommandObject.CommandType = CommandType.StoredProcedure; //Create an SQL Parameter object SqlParameter ParameterObject = new SqlParameter(); //Specify the name of the SQL Parameter ParameterObject.ParameterName = "Parameter1"; //Assign the Parameter value ParameterObject.Value = "Some Value"; //Specify the Database DataType of the Parameter ParameterObject.DbType = DbType.String; //Specify the type of parameter - input-only, output-only, bidirectional ParameterObject.Direction = ParameterDirection.Input; //Associate the Parameter to the Command Object CommandObject.Parameters.Add(ParameterObject);
//Open the connection ConnectionObject.Open(); //Execute the command int Records_Affected = CommandObject.ExecuteNonQuery(); //Close the Connection ConnectionObject.Close(); What is the use of SqlParameter.Direction Property? SqlParameter.Direction Property is used to specify the Sql Parameter type - input-only, output-only, bidirectional, or a stored procedure return value parameter. The default is Input. How do you retrieve two tables of data at the same time by using data reader? Include 2 select statements either in a stored procedure or in a select command and call the ExecuteReader() method on the command object. This will automatically fill the DataReader with 2 Tables of data. The datareader will always return the data from first table only. If you want to get the second table then you need to use ReaderObject.NextResult() method. The NextResult() method will return true if there is another table. The following code shows you how do it. //Create the SQL Query with 2 Select statements string SQLQuery = "Select * from Customers;Select * from Employees;"; //Create the Connection Object SqlConnection ConnectionObject = new SqlConnection(ConnectionString); //Create the Command Object SqlCommand CommandObject = new SqlCommand(SQLQuery, ConnectionObject); //Open the connection ConnectionObject.Open(); //Execute the command. Now reader object will have 2 tables of data. SqlDataReader ReaderObject = CommandObject.ExecuteReader(); //Loop thru the tables in the DataReader object while (ReaderObject.NextResult()) { while (ReaderObject.Read()) { //Do Something } } //Close the Reader ReaderObject.Close(); //Close the Connection ConnectionObject.Close(); What are the advantages of using SQL stored procedures instead of adhoc SQL queries in an ASP.NET web application? Better Performance : As stored procedures are precompiled objects they execute faster than SQL queries. Every time we run a SQL query, the query has to be first compiled and then executed where as a stored procedure is already compiled. Hence executing stored procedures is much faster than executing SQL queries. Better Security : For a given stored procedure you can specify who has the rights to execute. You cannot do the same for an SQL query. Writing the SQL statements inside our code is usually not a good idea. In this way you expose your database schema (design) in the code which may be changed. Hence most of the time programmers use stored procedures instead of plain SQL statements. Reduced Network Traffic : Stored Procedures reside on the database server. If you have to execute a Stored Procedure from your ASP.NET web application, you just specify the name of the Stored Procedure. So over the network you just send the name of the Stored Procedure. With an SQL query you have to send all the SQL statements over the network to the database server which could lead to increased network traffic. Can you update the database using DataReader object?
No, You cannot update the database using DataReader object. DataReader is read-only, foward only. It reads one record at atime. After DataReader finishes reading the current record, it moves to the next record. There is no way you can go back to the previous record. What is the difference between a DataReader and a DataSet? DataReader 1. DatReader works on a Connection oriented architecture. 2. DataReader is read only, forward only. It reads one record at atime. After DataReader finishes reading the current record, it moves to the next record. There is no way you can go back to the previous record. So using a DataReader you read in forward direction only. 3. Updations are not possible with DataReader. 4. As DataReader is read only, forward only it is much faster than a DataSet. DataSet 1. DataSet works on disconnected architecture. 2. Using a DataSet you can move in both directions. DataSet is bi directional. 3. Database can be updated from a DataSet. 4. DataSet is slower than DataReader. Give an example scenario of using a DataSet and a DataReader? If you want to just read and display the data(No updates, deletes, or inserts) then use a DataReader. If you want to do a batch inserts, updates and deletes then use a DataSet.
Reactions:
ASP.NET INTERVIEW QUESTIONS ON MASTER PAGES

What are Master Pages in ASP.NET? or What is a Master Page? ASP.NET master pages allow you to create a consistent layout for the pages in your application. A single master page defines the look and feel and standard behavior that you want for all of the pages (or a group of pages) in your application. You can then create individual content pages that contain the content you want to display. When users request the content pages, they merge with the master page to produce output that combines the layout of the master page with the content from the content page. What are the 2 important parts of a master page? The following are the 2 important parts of a master page 1. The Master Page itself 2. One or more Content Pages Can Master Pages be nested? Yes, Master Pages be nested. What is the file extension for a Master Page? .master How do you identify a Master Page? The master page is identified by a special @ Master directive that replaces the @ Page directive that is used for ordinary .aspx pages. Can a Master Page have more than one ContentPlaceHolder? Yes, a Master Page can have more than one ContentPlaceHolder
What is a ContentPlaceHolder? ContentPlaceHolder is a region where replaceable content will appear. How do you bind a Content Page to a Master Page? MasterPageFile attribute of a content page's @ Page directive is used to bind a Content Page to a Master Page. Can the content page contain any other markup outside of the Content control? No. What are the advantages of using Master Pages? 1. They allow you to centralize the common functionality of your pages so that you can make updates in just one place. 2. They make it easy to create one set of controls and code and apply the results to a set of pages. For example, you can use controls on the master page to create a menu that applies to all pages. 3. They give you fine-grained control over the layout of the final page by allowing you to control how the placeholder controls are rendered. 4. They provide an object model that allows you to customize the master page from individual content pages. What are the 3 levels at which content pages can be attached to Master Page? At the page level - You can use a page directive in each content page to bind it to a master page At the application level - By making a setting in the pages element of the application's configuration file (Web.config), you can specify that all ASP.NET pages (.aspx files) in the application automatically bind to a master page. At the folder level - This strategy is like binding at the application level, except that you make the setting in a Web.config file in one folder only. The master-page bindings then apply to the ASP.NET pages in that folder. What is @MasterType directive used for? @MasterType directive is used to create a strongly typed reference to the master page. Are controls on the master page accessible to content page code? Yes, controls on the master page are accessible to content page code. At what stage of page processing master page and content page are merged? During the initialization stage of page processing, master page and content page are merged. Can you dynaimically assign a Master Page? Yes, you can assign a master page dynamically during the PreInit stage using the Page class MasterPageFile property as shown in the code sample below. void Page_PreInit(Object sender, EventArgs e) { this.MasterPageFile = "~/MasterPage.master"; } Can you access non public properties and non public methods of a master page
inside a content page? No, the properties and methods of a master page must be public in order to access them on the content page. From the content page code how can you reference a control on the master page? Use the FindControl() method as shown in the code sample below. void Page_Load() { // Gets a reference to a TextBox control inside // a ContentPlaceHolder ContentPlaceHolder ContPlaceHldr = (ContentPlaceHolder)Master.FindControl ("ContentPlaceHolder1"); if(ContPlaceHldr != null) { TextBox TxtBox = (TextBox)ContPlaceHldr.FindControl("TextBox1"); if(TxtBox != null) { TxtBox.Text = "TextBox Present!"; } } // Gets a reference to a Label control that not in // a ContentPlaceHolder Label Lbl = (Label)Master.FindControl("Label1"); if(Lbl != null) { Lbl.Text = "Lable Present"; } } Can you access controls on the Master Page without using FindControl() method? Yes, by casting the Master to your MasterPage as shown in the below code sample. protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) { MyMasterPage MMP = this.Master; MMP.MyTextBox.Text = "Text Box Found"; }
Reactions:
HOW MANY WEB.CONFIG FILES CAN I HAVE IN AN APPLICATION?

You can keep multiple web.config files in an application. You can place a Web.config file inside a folder or wherever you need (apart from some exceptions) to override the configuration settings that are inherited from a configuration file located at a higher level in the hierarchy. Reactions:
HOW TO GET RECORDS IN RANDOM ORDER FROM A SQL QUERY IN SQL SERVER?
In SQL Server we can get records in random order from a sql query using NEWID() Function like: SELECT Subject FROM dbo.forumThreads ORDER BY NEWID()
Reactions:
WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF SERVER.MAPPATH METHOD IN ASP.NET?

In Asp.Net Server.MapPath method maps the specified relative orvirtual path to the corresponding physical path on the server.Server.MapPath takes a path as a parameter and returns the physical location on the hard drive. Syntax Suppose your Text files are located at D:\project\MyProject\Files\TextFiles If the root project directory is MyProject and the aspx file is located at root then to get the same path use code //Physical path of TextFiles
string TextFilePath=Server.MapPath("Files/TextFiles");
Reactions:
WHAT IS A STRONG NAME IN MICROSOFT.NET?

In Microsoft.Net a strong name consists of the assembly's identity. The strong name guarantees the integrity of the assembly. Strong Name includes the name of the .net assembly, version number, culture identity, and a public key token. It is generated from an assembly file using the corresponding private key. Steps to create strong named assembly: To create a strong named assembly you need to have a key pair (public key and a private key) file. Use sn -k KeyFile.snk Open the dot net project to be complied as a strong named assembly. Open AssembyInfo.cs/ AssembyInfo.vb file. Add the following lines to AssemblyInfo file.
[Assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] [assembly: AssemblyDelaySign(false)] [assembly: AssemblyKeyFile("..\\..\\KeyFile.snk")]
Compile the application, we have created a strong named assembly.
Reactions:
Older PostsHome
Subscribe to: Posts (Atom)

Amazon MP3 Clips Amazon Deals
COPYRIGHT (C) 2010.DESIGN BY RIYAZ AKHTER
Introduction This article provides a collection of numerous .Net, C#, ADO.NET, Web Services, .Net Framework questions and answers for which a reader must normally look around the entire internet in various community web sites. Most of the questions and answers you likely have already read. The purpose of this article is to consolidate most of the study material related to .Net in one single place. ASP.NET What is view state and the use of it? The current property settings of an ASP.NET page and those of any ASP.NET server controls contained within the page. ASP.NET can detect when a form is requested for the first time versus when the form is posted (sent to the server), that allows you to program accordingly. What are user controls and custom controls? Custom controls A control authored by a user or a third-party software vendor that does not belong to the .NET Framework class library. This is a generic term that includes user controls. A custom server control is used in Web Forms (ASP.NET pages). A custom client control is used in Windows Forms applications. User Controls In ASP.NET: A user-authored server control that enables an ASP.NET page to be re-used as a server control. An ASP.NET user control is authored declaratively and persisted as a text file with an .ascx extension. The ASP.NET page framework compiles a user control on the fly to a class that derives from the System.Web.UI.UserControl class. What are the validation controls? A set of server controls included with ASP.NET that tests user input in HTML and Web server controls for programmer-defined requirements. Validation controls perform input checking in server code. If the user is working with a browser that supports DHTML then the validation controls can also perform validation using a client script. What's the difference between Response.Write() andResponse.Output.Write()?
The latter one allows you to write formatted output. What methods are fired during the page load? Init () When the page is instantiated, Load() when the page is loaded into server memory; PreRender() for the brief moment before the page is displayed to the user as HTML and Unload() when the page finishes loading. Where does the Web page belong in the .NET Framework class hierarchy? System.Web.UI.Page Where do you store the information about the user's locale? System.Web.UI.Page.Culture What's the difference between Codebehind="MyCode.aspx.cs" and src="MyCode.aspx.cs"? CodeBehind is relevant to Visual Studio.NET only. What's a bubbled event? When you have a complex control, like DataGrid, writing an event processing routine for each object (cell, button, row and so on) is quite tedious. The controls can bubble up their event handlers, allowing the main DataGrid event handler to take care of its constituents. Suppose you want a certain ASP.NET function executed on MouseOver over a certain button. Where do you add an event handler? It's the Attributes property, the Add function of that property. For example: btnSubmit.Attributes.Add("onMouseOver","someClientCode();") What data type does the RangeValidator control support? Integer, String and Date. What are the various types of caching? Caching is a technique widely used in computing to increase performance by keeping frequently accessed or expensive data in memory. In the context of a web application, caching retains the pages or data across HTTP requests and reuses them without the expense of recreating them. ASP.NET has 3 kinds of caching, strategiesOutput, CachingFragment and CachingData. CachingOutput Caching: Caches the dynamic output generated by a request. Some times it is useful to cache the output of a website even for a minute, which will result in a better performance. For caching the entire page the page should have OutputCache directive.<%@ OutputCache Duration="60"
VaryByParam="state" %> Fragment Caching: Caches the portion of the page generated by the request. Some times it is not practical to cache the entire page, in such cases we can cache a portion of page<%@ OutputCache Duration="120" VaryByParam="CategoryID;SelectedID"%> Data Caching: Caches the objects programmatically. For data caching ASP.Net provides a cache object for eg: cache["States"] = dsStates; What do you mean by authentication and authorization? Authentication is the process of validating a user on the credentials (username and password) and authorization performs after authentication. After Authentication a user will be verified for performing the various tasks, It access is limited it is known as authorization. What are various types of directives in .NET? @Page: Defines page-specific attributes used by the ASP.NET page parser and compiler. Can be included only in .aspx files <%@ Page AspCompat="TRUE" language="C#" %> @Control: Defines control-specific attributes used by the ASP.NET page parser and compiler. Can be included only in .ascx files. <%@ Control Language="VB" EnableViewState="false" %> @Import: Explicitly imports a namespace into a page or user control. The Import directive cannot have more than one namespace attribute. To import multiple namespaces, use multiple @Import directives. <% @ Import Namespace="System.web" %> @Implements: Indicates that the current page or user control implements the specified .NET framework interface.<%@ Implements Interface="System.Web.UI.IPostBackEventHandler" %> @Register: Associates aliases with namespaces and class names for concise notation in custom server control syntax.<%@ Register Tagprefix="Acme" Tagname="AdRotator" src="AdRotator.ascx" %> @Assembly: Links an assembly to the current page during compilation, making all the assembly's classes and interfaces available for use on the page. <%@ Assembly Name="MyAssembly" %><%@ Assembly src="MySource.vb" %> @OutputCache: Declaratively controls the output caching policies of an ASP.NET page or a user control contained in a page<%@ OutputCache Duration="#ofseconds" Location="Any | Client | Downstream | Server | None" Shared="True | False" VaryByControl="controlname" VaryByCustom="browser | customstring" VaryByHeader="headers" VaryByParam="parametername" %> @Reference: Declaratively indicates that another user control or page source file should be dynamically compiled and linked against the page in which this directive is declared. Note: A few of the references are were taken from other sites/sources. How do I debug an ASP.NET application that wasn't written with Visual Studio.NET and that doesn't use code-behind? Start the DbgClr debugger that comes with the .NET Framework SDK, open the file containing the code you want to debug, and set your breakpoints. Start the ASP.NET application. Go back to DbgClr, choose "Debug Processes" from the Tools menu, and select "aspnet_wp.exe" from the list of processes. (If "aspnet_wp.exe" doesn't appear in the list then check the "Show system processes" box.) Click the "Attach" button to attach to "aspnet_wp.exe" and begin debugging.
Be sure to enable debugging in the ASPX file before debugging it with DbgClr. You can enable ASP.NET to build debug executables by placing a: <%@ Page Debug="true" %> statement at the top of an ASPX file or a: <COMPILATION debug="true" /> statement in a Web.config file. Can a user browsing my Web site read my Web.config or Global.asax files? No. The <HTTPHANDLERS> section of Machine.config, which holds the master configuration settings for ASP.NET, contains entries that map ASAX files, CONFIG files, and selected other file types to an HTTP handler named HttpForbiddenHandler, which fails attempts to retrieve the associated file. You can modify it by editing Machine.config or including a section in a local Web.config file. What's the difference between Page.RegisterClientScriptBlock and Page.RegisterStartupScript? RegisterClientScriptBlock is for returning blocks of client-side script containing functions. RegisterStartupScript is for returning blocks of client scripts, not packaged in functions. In other words, code that's to execute when the page is loaded. The latter positions script blocks near the end of the document so elements on the page that the script interacts with are loaded before the script runs. <%@ Reference Control="MyControl.ascx" %> Is it necessary to lock application state before accessing it? Only if you're performing a multi-step update and want the update to be treated as an atomic operation. Here's an example: Application.Lock (); Application["ItemsSold"] = (int) Application["ItemsSold"] + 1; Application["ItemsLeft"] = (int) Application["ItemsLeft"] - 1; Application.UnLock (); By locking application state before updating it and unlocking it afterwards, you ensure that another request being processed on another thread doesn't read application state at exactly the wrong time and see an inconsistent view of it. If I update session state then should I lock it, too? Are concurrent accesses by multiple requests executing on multiple threads a concern with session state? Concurrent accesses aren't an issue with session state, for two reasons. One, it's unlikely that two requests from the same user will overlap. Two, if they do overlap then ASP.NET locks down session state during request processing so that two threads can't touch it at once. Session state is locked down when the HttpApplication instance that's processing the request fires an AcquireRequestState event and unlocked when it fires a ReleaseRequestState event.
Do ASP.NET forms authentication cookies provide any protection against replay attacks? Do they, for example, include the client's IP address or anything else that would distinguish the real client from an attacker? No. If an authentication cookie is stolen then it can be used by an attacker. It's up to you to prevent this from happening by using an encrypted communications channel (HTTPS). Authentication cookies issued as session cookies, do, however, include a time-out valid that limits their lifetime. So a stolen session cookie can only be used in replay attacks as long as the ticket inside the cookie is valid. The default timeout interval is 30 minutes. You can change that by modifying the timeout attribute accompanying the <forms> element in the Machine.config or a local Web.config file. Persistent authentication cookies do not time-out and therefore are a more serious security threat if stolen. How do I send e-mail from an ASP.NET application? MailMessage message = new MailMessage (); message.From = <email>; message.To = <email>; message.Subject = "Scheduled Power Outage"; message.Body = "Our servers will be down tonight."; SmtpMail.SmtpServer = "localhost"; SmtpMail.Send (message); MailMessage and SmtpMail are classes defined in the .NET Framework Class Library's System.Web.Mail namespace. Due to a security change made to ASP.NET just before it shipped, you need to set SmtpMail's SmtpServer property to "localhost" even though "localhost" is the default. In addition, you must use the IIS configuration applet to enable localhost (127.0.0.1) to relay messages through the local SMTP service. What are VSDISCO files? VSDISCO files are DISCO files that support dynamic discovery of Web services. If you place the following VSDISCO file in a directory on your Web server, for example then it returns references to all ASMX and DISCO files in the host directory and any subdirectories not noted in <exclude> elements: <?xml version="1.0" ?> <dynamicDiscovery xmlns="urn:schemas-dynamicdiscovery:disco.2000-03-17"> <exclude path="_vti_cnf" /> <exclude path="_vti_pvt" /> <exclude path="_vti_log" /> <exclude path="_vti_script" /> <exclude path="_vti_txt" /> </dynamicDiscovery> How does dynamic discovery work? ASP.NET maps the file name extension VSDISCO to an HTTP handler that scans the host directory and subdirectories for ASMX and DISCO files and returns a dynamically generated DISCO document. A client who requests a VSDISCO file gets back what appears to be a static DISCO document.
Note that VSDISCO files are disabled in the release version of ASP.NET. You can reenable them by uncommenting the line in the <httpHandlers> section of Machine.config that maps *.vsdisco to System.Web.Services.Discovery.DiscoveryRequestHandler and granting the ASPNET user account permission to read the IIS metabase. However, Microsoft is actively discouraging the use of VSDISCO files because they could represent a threat to Web server security. Is it possible to prevent a browser from caching an ASPX page? Just call SetNoStore on the HttpCachePolicy object exposed through the Response object's Cache property, as demonstrated here: <%@ Page Language="C#" %> <html> <body> <% Response.Cache.SetNoStore (); Response.Write (DateTime.Now.ToLongTimeString ()); %> </body> </html> SetNoStore works by returning a Cache-Controll; a private, no-store header in the HTTP response. In this example, it prevents caching of a Web page that shows the current time. What does AspCompat="true" mean and when should I use it? AspCompat is an aid in migrating ASP pages to ASPX pages. It defaults to false but should be set to true in any ASPX file that creates apartment-threaded COM objects; that is, COM objects registered with ThreadingModel=Apartment. That includes all COM objects written with Visual Basic 6.0. AspCompat should also be set to true (regardless of threading model) if the page creates COM objects that access intrinsic ASP objects such as Request and Response. The following directive sets AspCompat to true: <%@ Page AspCompat="true" %> Setting AspCompat to true does two things. First, it makes intrinsic ASP objects available to the COM components by placing unmanaged wrappers around the equivalent ASP.NET objects. Second, it improves the performance of calls that the page places to apartment-threaded COM objects by ensuring that the page (actually, the thread that processes the request for the page) and the COM objects it creates share an apartment. AspCompat="true" forces ASP.NET request threads into single-threaded apartments (STAs). If those threads create COM objects marked ThreadingModel=Apartment then the objects are created in the same STAs as the threads that created them. Without AspCompat="true," request threads run in a multithreaded apartment (MTA) and each call to an STA-based COM object incurs a performance hit when it's marshaled across apartment boundaries. Do not set AspCompat to true if your page uses no COM objects or if it uses COM objects that don't access ASP intrinsic objects and that are registered ThreadingModel=Free or ThreadingModel=Both.
Explain the differences between Server-side and Client-side code? Server-side scripting means that all the script will be executed by the server and interpreted as needed. ASP doesn't have some of the functionality like sockets, uploading, and so on. For these you need to make custom components usually in VB or VC++. Client-side scripting means that the script will be executed immediately in the browser such as form field validation, clock, email validation, and so on. Client-side scripting is usually done in VBScript or JavaScript. Download time, browser compatibility, and visible code, since JavaScript and VBScript code is included in the HTML page, then anyone can see the code by viewing the page source. Also possible security hazards for the client computer. What type of code (server or client) is found in a Code-Behind class?
C#. Should validation (such as did the user enter a real date) occur server-side or client-side? Why? Client-side validation because there is no need to request a server-side date when you could obtain a date from the client machine. What are ASP.NET Web Forms? How is this technology different than what is available though ASP? Web Forms are the heart and soul of ASP.NET. Web Forms are the User Interface (UI) elements that provide your Web applications their look and feel. Web Forms are similar to Windows Forms in that they provide properties, methods, and events for the controls that are placed onto them. However, these UI elements render themselves in the appropriate markup language required by the request, for example HTML. If you use Microsoft Visual Studio .NET then you will also get the familiar drag-and-drop interface used to create your UI for your Web application. What is the difference between Server.Transfer and Response.Redirect? Why would I choose one over the other? In earlier versions of IIS, if we wanted to send a user to a new Web page then the only option we had was Response.Redirect. While this method does accomplish our goal, it has several important drawbacks. The biggest problem is that this method causes each page to be treated as a separate transaction. Besides making it difficult to maintain your transactional integrity, Response.Redirect introduces some additional headaches. First, it prevents good encapsulation of code. Second, you lose access to all of the properties in the Request object. Sure, there are workarounds, but they're difficult. Finally, Response.Redirect necessitates a round trip to the client, which, on high-volume sites, causes scalability problems. As you might suspect, Server.Transfer fixes all of these problems. It does this by performing the transfer on the server without requiring a roundtrip to the client. How can you provide an alternating color scheme in a Repeater control? AlternatingItemTemplate Like the ItemTemplate element, but rendered for every other row (alternating items) in the Repeater control. You can specify a different appearance for the AlternatingItemTemplate element by setting its style properties.
Which template must you provide, in order to display data in a Repeater control? ItemTemplate. What event handlers can I include in Global.asax? Application_Start, Application_End, Application_AcquireRequestState, Application_AuthenticateRequest, Application_AuthorizeRequest, Application_BeginRequest, Application_Disposed, Application_EndRequest, Application_Error, Application_PostRequestHandlerExecute, Application_PreRequestHandlerExecute, Application_PreSendRequestContent, Application_PreSendRequestHeaders, Application_ReleaseRequestState, Application_ResolveRequestCache, Application_UpdateRequestCache, Session_Start and Session_End. You can optionally include "On" in any of the method names. For example, you can name a BeginRequest event handler Application_BeginRequest or Application_OnBeginRequest. You can also include event handlers in Global.asax for events fired by custom HTTP modules. Note that not all of the event handlers make sense for Web Services (they're designed for ASP.NET applications in general, whereas .NET XML Web Services are specialized instances of an ASP.NET app). For example, the Application_AuthenticateRequest and Application_AuthorizeRequest events are designed to be used with ASP.NET Forms authentication. What is different between webconfig.xml and Machineconfig.xml? Web.config and machine.config both are configuration files. Web.config contains settings specific to an application whereas machine.config contains settings to a computer. The Configuration system first searches settings in machine.config file and then looks in application configuration files. Web.config can appear in multiple directories on an ASP.NET Web application server. Each Web.config file applies configuration settings to its own directory and all child directories below it. There is only a Machine.config file on a web server. If I'm developing an application that must accomodate multiple security levels using a secure login and my ASP.NET web appplication is spanned across three web-servers (using round-robbin load balancing) then what would be the best approach to maintain login-in state for the users? Use the state server or store the state in the database. This can be easily done through a simple setting change in the web.config.
<SESSIONSTATE StateConnectionString="tcpip=127.0.0.1:42424" ="" sqlConnectionString="data source=127.0.0.1; user id=sa;" password="" cookieless="false" ="" timeout="30" =""/> You can specify mode as "stateserver" or "sqlserver". Where would you use an iHTTPModule, and what are the limitations of any approach you might
use in implementing one? "One of ASP.NET's most useful features is the extensibility of the HTTP pipeline, the path that data takes between client and server. You can use them to extend your ASP.NET applications by adding preprocessing and post-processing to each HTTP request coming into your application. For example, if you wanted custom authentication facilities for your application then the best technique would be to intercept the request when it comes in and processes the request in a custom HTTP module. How do you turn off cookies for one page in your site? Since no Page Level directive is present, I am afraid that can't be done. How do you create a permanent cookie? Permanent cookies are available until a specified expiration date, and are stored on the hard disk. So set the "Expires" property to a value greater than DataTime.MinValue with respect to the current datetime. If you want the cookie that never expires set its Expires property equal to DateTime.maxValue. Which method do you use to redirect the user to another page without performing a round trip to the client? Server.Transfer and Server.Execute What property do you need to set to tell the grid which page to go to when using the Pager object? CurrentPageIndex Should validation (such as did the user enter a real date) occur server-side or client-side? Why? It should occur both at client-side and server-side. By using an expression validator control with the specified expression, in other words, the regular expression provides the ability to only validatate the date specified that it is in the correct format. For checking the date, whether it is the real data or not should hoever be done at the server-side, by getting the system date ranges and checking the date whether it is between that range or not. What does the "EnableViewState" property do? Why would I want it on or off? Enable ViewState turns on the automatic state management feature that enables server controls to repopulate their values on a round trip without requiring you to write any code. This feature is not free, however, since the state of a control is passed to and from the server in a hidden form field. You should be aware of when ViewState is helping you and when it is not. For example, if you are binding a control to data on every round trip, then you do not need the control to maintain it's view state, since you will wipe out any re-populated data in any case. ViewState is enabled for all server controls by default. To disable it, set the EnableViewState property of the control to false. What is the difference between Server.Transfer and Response.Redirect? Why would I choose one over the other?
Server.Transfer(): the client is shown as it is on the requesting page only, but all the content is of the requested page. Data can be persisted accros the pages using a Context.Item collection, which is one of the best way to transfer data from one page to another keeping the page state alive. Response.Redirect(): client knows the physical location (page name and query string as well). Context.Items loses the persisitance when nevigating to the destination page. In earlier versions of IIS, if we wanted to send a user to a new Web page, the only option we had was Response.Redirect While this method does accomplish our goal, it has several important drawbacks. The biggest problem is that this method causes each page to be treated as a separate transaction. Besides making it difficult to maintain your transactional integrity, Response.Redirect introduces some additionalproblens. First, it prevents good encapsulation of code. Second, you lose access to all of the properties in the Request object. Sure, there are workarounds, but they're difficult. Finally, Response.Redirect necessitates a round trip to the client, which, on high-volume sites, causes scalability problems. As you might suspect, Server.Transfer fixes all of these problems. It does this by performing the transfer on the server without requiring a roundtrip to the client. Can you give an example of when it would be appropriate to use a web service as opposed to a non-serviced .NET component? Communicating through a Firewall when building a distributed application with 100s or 1000s of users spread over multiple locations, there is always the problem of communicating between client and server because of firewalls and proxy servers. Exposing your middle tier components as Web Services and invoking them directly from a Windows UI is a very valid option. Application Integration When integrating applications written in various languages and running on disparate systems. Or even applications running on the same platform that have been written by separate vendors. Business-to-Business Integration. This is an enabler for B2B intergtation that allows one to expose vital business processes to authorized suppliers and customers. An example would be exposing electronic ordering and invoicing, allowing customers to send you purchase orders and suppliers to send you invoices electronically. Software Reuse. This takes place at multiple levels. Code Reuse at the Source code level or binary componet-based resuse. The limiting factor here is that you can reuse the code but not the data behind it. Webservice overcomes this limitation. A scenario could be when you are building an app that aggregates the functionality of serveral other Applicatons. Each of these functions could be performed by individual apps, but there is value in perhaps combining the the multiple apps to present a unifiend view in a Portal or Intranet. When not to use Web Services: Single-machine applicatons are applicatons running on the same machine and that need to communicate with each other using a native API. You also have the options of using component technologies such as COM or .NET Componets since there is very little overhead. Homogeneous Applications on a LAN. If you have Win32 or Winforms apps that want to communicate with their server counterpart. It is much more efficient to use DCOM in the case of Win32 apps and .NET Remoting in the case of .NET Apps.
Can you give an example of what might be most appropriately placed in the Application_Start and Session_Start events? The Application_Start event is guaranteed to occur only once throughout the lifetime of the application.
It's a good place to initialize global variables. For example, you might want to retrieve a list of products from a database table and place the list in application state or the Cache object. SessionStateModule exposes both Session_Start and Session_End events. What are the advantages and disadvantages of viewstate? The primary advantages of the ViewState feature in ASP.NET are:
1. 2.
Simplicity. There is no need to write possibly complex code to store form data between page submissions. Flexibility. It is possible to enable, configure, and disable ViewState on a control-by-control basis, choosing to persist the values of some fields but not others.
There are, however a few disadvantages that are worth pointing out:
1.
Does not track across pages. ViewState information does not automatically transfer from page to page. With the session approach, values can be stored in the session and accessed from other pages. This is not possible with ViewState, so storing data into the session must be done explicitly. ViewState is not suitable for transferring data for back-end systems. That is, data must still be transferred to the back end using some form of data object.
2.
Describe session handling in a webfarm, how does it work and what are the limits? ASP.NET Sessions support storing of session data in 3 ways, i] In-Process (in the same memory that ASP.NET uses) , ii] Out-of-Process using a Windows NT Service (in memory separate from ASP.NET) or iii] in SQL Server (persistent storage). Both the Windows Service and SQL Server solutions support a webfarm scenario where all the web-servers can be configured to share a common session state store. 1. Windows Service We can start this service by "Start" | "Control Panel" | "Administrative Tools" | "Services". In that we service names ASP.NET State Service. We can start or stop a service manually or configure it to start automatically. Then we need to configure our web.config file as in the following: <CONFIGURATION> <configuration> <system.web> <SessionState mode = "StateServer" stateConnectionString = "tcpip=127.0.0.1:42424" stateNetworkTimeout = "10" sqlConnectionString="data source = 127.0.0.1; uid=sa;pwd=" cookieless ="Flase" timeout= "20" />
</system.web> </configuration> </SYSTEM.WEB> </CONFIGURATION> Here ASP.Net Session is directed to use a Windows Service for state management on the local server (the address 127.0.0.1 is the TCP/IP loop-back address). The default port is 42424. We can configure it to any port but for that we need to manually edit the registry. Use the following simple procedure: Which You < < < < < < How Using In a webfarm make sure you have the same config file in all your web servers. Also make sure your objects are serializable. For the session state to be maintained across various web servers in the webfarm, the application path of the web-site in the IIS Metabase should be identical in all the web-servers in the webfarm. template need to must use the you provide to to display display data data. in The a Repeater is as control? follows:
ItemTemplate
syntax
img
div src="images/<%# b >
ItemTemplate > class ="rItem" > Container.DataItem("ImageURL")%>" hspace="10" /> <% # Container.DataItem("Title")%> /div > ItemTemplate > alternating the color scheme in a Repeater control?
can
you
provide
an
AlternatintItemTemplate
What property must you set, and what method must you call in your code, to bind the data from some data source to the Repeater control? Set the DataMember property to the name of the table to bind to. (If this property is not set then by default the first table in the dataset is used.) The DataBind method uses this method to bind data from a source to a server control. This method is commonly used after retrieving a data set through a database query. What You can method dump do (Kill) you the use session to yourself explicitly by calling kill the a user s session?
method
Session.Abandon.
ASP.NET automatically deletes a user's Session object, dumping its contents, after it has been idle for a configurable timeout interval. This interval, in minutes, is set in the <SESSIONSTATE>section of the web.config file. The default is 20 minutes.
How
do
you
turn
off
cookies
for
one
page
in
your
site?
Use the Cookie.Discard property, Gets or sets the discard flag set by the server. When true, this property instructs the client application not to save the Cookie on the user's hard disk when a session ends. Which two properties are on every validation control?
We have two common properties for every validation control as in the following:
1. 2.
Control to Validate, Error Message.
What tags do you need to add within the asp:datagrid tags to bind columns manually? < asp:DataGrid id="dgCart" AutoGenerateColumns="False" CellPadding="4" Width="448px" runat="server" > < Columns > < asp:ButtonColumn HeaderText="SELECT" Text="SELECT" CommandName="select" >< /asp:ButtonColumn > < asp:BoundColumn DataField="ProductId" HeaderText="Product ID" >< /asp:BoundColumn > < asp:BoundColumn DataField="ProductName" HeaderText="Product Name" >< /asp:BoundColumn > < asp:BoundColumn DataField="UnitPrice" HeaderText="UnitPrice" >< /asp:BoundColumn > < /Columns > < /asp:DataGrid > How do you create a permanent cookie? Permanent cookies are the ones that are most useful. Permanent cookies are available until a specified expiration date, and are stored on the hard disk. The location of cookies differs with each browser, but this doesn't matter, as this is all handled by your browser and the server. If you want to create a permanent cookie called Name with a value of Nigel, that expires in one month then you'd use the following code: Response.Cookies ("Name") = "Nigel" Response.Cookies ("Name"). Expires = DateAdd ("m", 1, Now ()) What tag do you use to add a hyperlink column to the DataGrid? < asp:HyperLinkColumn > </ asp:HyperLinkColumn> Which method do you use to redirect the user to another page without performing a round trip to the client? Server.transfer What is the transport protocol you use to call a Web service SOAP ? HTTP Protocol Explain role based security Role Based Security lets you identify groups of users to allow or deny based on their role in the organization. In Windows NT and Windows XP, roles map to names used to identify user groups. Windows defines several built-in groups, including Administrators, Users, and Guests.To allow or deny access to certain groups of users, add the <ROLES> element to the authorization list in your Web application's Web.config file. For example: <AUTHORIZATION>< authorization > < allow roles="Domain Name\Administrators" / > < !-- Allow Administrators in domain. -- >
< deny users="*" / > < !-- Deny anyone else. -- > < /authorization > How do you register JavaScript for webcontrols ? You can register JavaScript for controls using the <CONTROL -name>Attribtues.Add(scriptname,scripttext) method. When do you set "<IDENTITY impersonate="true" />" ? Identity is a webconfig declaration under System.web, which helps to control the application Identity of the web applicaton. Which can be at any level (Machine, Site, application, subdirectory, or page). The attribute impersonates "true" as the value to specify that client impersonation is used. What are various templates available in Repeater, DataList and Datagrid? Templates enable one to apply complicated formatting to each of the items displayed by a control. The Repeater control supports five types of templates. HeaderTemplate controls how the header of the repeater control is formatted. ItemTemplate controls the formatting of each item displayed. AlternatingItemTemplate controls how alternate items are formatted. SeparatorTemplate displays a separator between each item displyed. FooterTemplate controls how the footer of the repeater control is formatted. DataList and Datagrid supports two templates in addition to the preceding five. The SelectedItem Template controls how a selected item is formatted and EditItemTemplate controls how an item selected for editing is formatted. What is ViewState? How is it managed ? ASP.NET ViewState is a new kind of state service that developers can use to track UI state on a per-user basis. Internally it uses an an old Web programming trick, roundtripping state in a hidden form field and bakes it right into the page-processing framework. It needs less code to write and maintain state in your Web-based forms. What is the web.config file? The Web.config file is the configuration file for the ASP.Net web application. There is one web.config file for one ASP.Net application that configures the specific application. The Web.config file is written in XML with specific tags having specific meanings. It includes data that includes connections, Session States, Error Handling, Security and so on. For example: < configuration > < appSettings > < add key="ConnectionString" value="server=localhost;uid=sa;pwd=;database=MyDB" / > < /appSettings > < /configuration > What are the advantages and benefits of viewstate? When a form is submitted in classic ASP, all form values are cleared. Suppose you have submitted a form with a lot of information and the server returns an error. You will need to return to the form and correct the information. You click the back button, and what happens? All form values are cleared, and you will need to start all over again! The site did not maintain your ViewState. With ASP .NET, the form reappears in the browser window together with all form values. This is because ASP .NET maintains your ViewState. The ViewState indicates the status of the page when submitted to the server.
What tags do you need to add within the asp:datagrid tags to bind columns manually? Set the AutoGenerateColumns Property to false on the datagrid tag and then use the Column tag and an ASP:databound tag as in the following: < asp:DataGrid runat="server" id="ManualColumnBinding" AutoGenerateColumns="False" > < Columns > < asp:BoundColumn HeaderText="Column1" DataField="Column1"/ > < asp:BoundColumn HeaderText="Column2" DataField="Column2"/ > < /Columns > < /asp:DataGrid > <asp:DataGrid id=ManualColumnBinding runat="server" AutoGenerateColumns="False"> <COLUMNS> <asp:BoundColumn HeaderText="Column2" DataField="Column2"></asp:BoundColumn> </asp:DataGrid>Which property on a Combo Box do you set with a column name, prior to setting the DataSource, to display data in the combo box? DataTextField and DataValueField Which control would you use if you needed to ensure the values in two different controls matched? CompareValidator is used to ensure that two fields are identical. What is validationsummary server control? Where is it used? The ValidationSummary control allows you to summarize the error messages from all validation controls on a Web page in a single location. The summary can be displayed as a list, a bulleted list, or a single paragraph, based on the value of the DisplayMode property. The error message displayed in the ValidationSummary control for each validation control on the page is specified by the ErrorMessage property of each validation control. If the ErrorMessage property of the validation control is not set then no error message is displayed in the ValidationSummary control for that validation control. You can also specify a custom title in the heading section of the ValidationSummary control by setting the HeaderText property. You can control whether the ValidationSummary control is displayed or hidden by setting the ShowSummary property. The summary can also be displayed in a message box by setting the ShowMessageBox property to true. What is the sequence of operations occuring when a page is loaded? BeginTranaction: only if the request is transacted Init: every time a page is processed LoadViewState: Only on postback ProcessPostData1: Only on postback Load: every time ProcessData2: Only on Postback RaiseChangedEvent: Only on Postback RaisePostBackEvent: Only on Postback PreRender: everytime
BuildTraceTree: Only if tracing is enabled SaveViewState: Every time Render: Every time End Transaction: Only if the request is transacted Trace.EndRequest: Only when tracing is enabled UnloadRecursive: Every request What are some of the differences between ASP and ASP.Net? "Active Server Pages (ASP) and ASP.NET are both server-side technologies for building web sites and web applications, ASP.NET is Managed compiled code, ASP is interpreted. and ASP.Net is fully Object Oriented. ASP.NET has been entirely re-architected to provide a highly productive programming experience based on the .NET Framework, and a robust infrastructure for building reliable and scalable web applications." Name the validation control available in ASP.Net RequiredField, RangeValidator, RegularExpression, Custom Validator, Compare Validator. What are the various ways of securing a web site that could prevent hacking and so on?
1. 2. 3. 4.
Authentication/Authorization Encryption/Decryption Maintaining web servers outside the corporate firewall and so on.
What is the difference between in-proc and out-of-proc? An inproc is one that runs in the same process area as that of the client giving tha advantage of speed but the disadvantage of stability because if it crashes then it takes the client application also with it. Outproc is one that works outside the client's memory, thus giving stability to the client, but we need to compromise a bit on speed. When you're running a component within ASP.NET, what process is it running within on Windows XP? Windows 2000? Windows 2003? On Windows 2003 (IIS 6.0) running in native mode, the component is running within the w3wp.exe process associated with the application pool that has been configured for the web application containing the component. On Windows 2003 in IIS 5.0 emulation mode, 2000, or XP, it's running within the IIS helper process whose name I do not remember, it being quite a while since I last used IIS 5.0. What does aspnet_regiis -i do? Aspnet_regiis.exe is the ASP.NET IIS Registration tool that allows an administrator or installation program to easily update the script maps for an ASP.NET application to point to the ASP.NET ISAPI version associated with the tool. The tool can also be used to display the status of all installed versions of ASP. NET, register the ASP.NET version coupled with the tool, create client-script directories, and perform other configuration operations.
When multiple versions of the .NET Framework are executing side-by-side on a single computer, the ASP.NET ISAPI version mapped to an ASP.NET application determines which version of the Common Language Runtime is used for the application. The tool can be launched with a set of optional parameters. Option "i" installs the version of ASP.NET associated with Aspnet_regiis.exe and updates the script maps at the IIS metabase root and below. Note that only applications that are currently mapped to an earlier version of ASP.NET are affected What is a PostBack? The process in which a Web page sends data back to the same page on the server. What is ViewState? How is it encoded? Is it encrypted? Who uses ViewState? ViewState is the mechanism ASP.NET uses to maintain server control state values that don't otherwise post-back as part of the HTTP form. ViewState Maintains the UI State of a Page. ViewState is base64-encoded. It is not encrypted but it can be encrypted by setting EnableViewStatMAC="true" and setting the machineKey validation type to 3DES. If you want to not maintain the ViewState then include the directive < %@ Page EnableViewState="false" % > at the top of an .aspx page or add the attribute EnableViewState="false" to any control. What is the < machinekey > element and what two ASP.NET technologies is it used for? Configures keys to use for encryption and decryption of forms authentication cookie data and view state data, and for verification of out-of-process session state identification.Therefore 2 ASP.Net techniques in which it is used are Encryption/Decryption and Verification. What three Session State providers are available in ASP.NET 1.1? What are the pros and cons of each? ASP.NET provides three distinct ways to store session data for your application: in-process session state, out-of-process session state as a Windows service, and out-of-process session state in a SQL Server database. Each has it advantages. 1. In-process session-state mode Limitations When using the in-process session-state mode, session-state data is lost if aspnet_wp.exe or the application domain restarts. If you enable Web Garden mode in the < processModel > element of the application's Web.config file then do not use in-process session-state mode. Otherwise, random data loss can occur.
Advantage
in-process session state is by far the fastest solution. If you are storing only small amounts of volatile data in session state, it is recommended that you use the in-process provider.
2. The State Server simply stores session state in memory when in out-of-proc mode. In this mode the worker process talks directly to the State Server 3. SQL mode, session states are stored in a SQL Server database and the worker process talks directly to SQL. The ASP.NET worker processes are then able to take advantage of this simple storage service by serializing and saving (using .NET serialization services) all objects within a client's Session collection at the end of each Web request Both these out-of-process solutions are useful primarily if you scale your application across multiple processors or multiple computers, or where data cannot be lost if a server or process is restarted. What is the difference between HTTP-Post and HTTP-Get? As their names imply, both HTTP GET and HTTP POST use HTTP as their underlying protocol. Both of these methods encode request parameters as name/value pairs in the HTTP request. The GET method creates a query string and appends it to the script's URL on the server that handles the request. The POST method creates name/value pairs that are passed in the body of the HTTP request message. Name and describe some HTTP Status Codes and what they express to the requesting client. When users try to access content on a server that is running Internet Information Services (IIS) through HTTP or File Transfer Protocol (FTP), IIS returns a numeric code that indicates the status of the request. This status code is recorded in the IIS log, and it may also be displayed in the Web browser or FTP client. The status code can indicate whether a specific request is successful or unsuccessful and can also reveal the exact reason why a request is unsuccessful. There are 5 groups ranging from 1xx - 5xx of HTTP status codes that exist as in the following: 101: Switching protocols. 200: OK. The client request has succeeded 302: Object moved. 400: Bad request. 500.13: Web server is too busy. Explain < @OutputCache% > and the usage of VaryByParam, VaryByHeader. OutputCache is used to control the caching policies of an ASP.NET page or user control. To cache a page @OutputCache directive should be defined as follows < %@ OutputCache Duration="100" VaryByParam="none" % > VaryByParam: A semicolon-separated list of strings used to vary the output cache. By default, these strings correspond to a query string value sent with GET method attributes, or a parameter sent using the POST method. When this attribute is set to multiple parameters then the output cache contains a different
version of the requested document for each specified parameter. Possible values include none, *, and any valid query string or POST parameter name. VaryByHeader: A semicolon-separated list of HTTP headers used to vary the output cache. When this attribute is set to multiple headers, the output cache contains a different version of the requested document for each specified header. What is the difference between repeater over datalist and datagrid? The Repeater class is not derived from the WebControl class, like the DataGrid and DataList. Therefore, the Repeater lacks the stylistic properties common to both the DataGrid and DataList. What this boils down to is that if you want to format the data displayed in the Repeater then you must do so in the HTML markup. The Repeater control provides the maximum amount of flexibility over the HTML produced. Whereas the DataGrid wraps the DataSource contents in an HTML < table >, and the DataList wraps the contents in either an HTML < table > or < span > tags (depending on the DataList's RepeatLayout property), the Repeater adds absolutely no HTML content other than what you explicitly specify in the templates. While using the Repeater control, if we wanted to display the employee names in a bold font then we'd need to alter the "ItemTemplate" to include an HTML bold tag. Whereas with the DataGrid or DataList, we could have made the text appear in a bold font by setting the control's ItemStyle-Font-Bold property to True. The Repeater's lack of style properties can drastically add to the development time metric. For example, imagine that you decide to use the Repeater to display data that needs to be bold, centered, and displayed in a specific font-face with a specific background color. While all this can be specified using a few HTML tags, these tags will quickly clutter the Repeater's templates. Such clutter makes it much harder to change the look at a later date. Along with its increased development time, the Repeater also lacks any built-in functionality to assist in supporting paging, editing, or editing of data. Due to this lack of featuresupport, the Repeater scores poorly on the usability scale. However, The Repeater's performance is slightly better than that of the DataList's, and is noticeably better than that of the DataGrid's. The following figure shows the number of requests per second the Repeater could handle versus the DataGrid and DataList. Can we handle the error and redirect to some pages using web.config? Yes, we can do this, but to handle errors, we must know the error codes; only then we can take the user to a proper error message page, else it may confuse the user. CustomErrors Configuration section in web.config file: The default configuration is: < customErrors mode="RemoteOnly" defaultRedirect="Customerror.aspx" > < error statusCode="404" redirect="Notfound.aspx" / > < /customErrors >
If the mode is set to Off then the custom error messages will be disabled. Users will receive detailed exception error messages. If mode is set to On then custom error messages will be enabled. If mode is set to RemoteOnly then then users will receive custom errors, but users accessing the site locally will receive detailed error messages. Add an < error > tag for each error you want to handle. The error tag will redirect the user to the Notfound.aspx page when the site returns the 404 (Page not found) error. [Example] There is a page MainForm.aspx Private Sub Page_Load(ByVal sender As System.Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles MyBase.Load 'Put user code to initialize the page here Dim str As System.Text.StringBuilder str.Append("hi") ' Error Line as str is not instantiated Response.Write(str.ToString) End Sub [Web.Config] < customErrors mode="On" defaultRedirect="Error.aspx"/ > ' a simple redirect will take the user to Error.aspx [user defined] error file. < customErrors mode="RemoteOnly" defaultRedirect="Customerror.aspx" > < error statusCode="404" redirect="Notfound.aspx" / > < /customErrors > 'This will take the user to NotFound.aspx defined in IIS. How do you implement Paging in .Net? The DataGrid provides the means to display a group of records from the data source (for example, the first 10), and then navigate to the "page" containing the next 10 records, and so on through the data. Using ADO.Net we can have explicit control over the number of records returned from the data source, as well as how much data is to be cached locally in the DataSet as in the following:
1.
Using the DataAdapter.fill method provides the value of the "Maxrecords" parameter (Note:: Don't use it because the query will return all records but fill the dataset based on the value of the "maxrecords" parameter).
2. 3.
For SQL Server databases, combine a WHERE clause and a ORDER BY clause with the TOP predicate. If data does not change often then just cache records locally in a DataSet and take some records from the DataSet to display.
What is the difference between Server.Transfer and Response.Redirect? Server.Transfer(): client is shown as it is on the requesting page only, but all the content is of the requested page. Data can be persisted across the pages using the Context.Item collection, that is one of the best ways to transfer data from one page to another keeping the page state alive. Response.Dedirect(): the client knows the physical location (page name and query string as well). Context.Items loses the persistence when navigate to destination page. In earlier versions of IIS, if we wanted to send a user to a new Web page then the only option we had was Response.Redirect. While this method does accomplish our goal, it has several important drawbacks. The biggest problem is that this method causes each page to be treated as a separate transaction. Besides making it difficult to maintain your transactional integrity, Response.Redirect introduces some additional headaches. First, it prevents good encapsulation of code. Second, you lose access to all of the properties in the Request object. Sure, there are workarounds, but they're difficult. Finally, Response.Redirect necessitates a round trip to the client, which, on high-volume sites, causes scalability problems. As you might suspect, Server.Transfer fixes all of these problems. It does this by performing the transfer on the server without requiring a roundtrip to the client. Response.Redirect sends a response to the client browser instructing it to request the second page. This requires a round-trip to the client, and the client initiates the Request for the second page. Server.Transfer transfers the process to the second page without making a round-trip to the client. It also transfers the HttpContext to the second page, enabling the second page access to all the values in the HttpContext of the first page. Can you create an app domain? Yes, we can create a user app domain by calling one of the following overload static methods of the System.AppDomain class:
1. 2. 3. 4.
Public static AppDomain CreateDomain(String friendlyName) Public static AppDomain CreateDomain(String friendlyName, Evidence securityInfo) Public static AppDomain CreateDomain(String friendlyName, Evidence securityInfo, AppDomainSetup info) Public static AppDomain CreateDomain(String friendlyName, Evidence securityInfo, String appBasePath, String appRelativeSearchPath, bool shadowCopyFiles)
What are the various security methods that IIS Provides apart from .NET? The various security methods that IIS provides are: Authentication Modes IP Address and Domain Name Restriction DNS Lookups DNS Lookups The Network ID and Subnet Mask
SSL
What is Web Gardening? How would using it affect a design? The Web Garden Model The Web Garden model is configurable through the machine.config file. Notice that the section is the only configuration section that cannot be placed in an application-specific web.config file. This means that the Web Garden mode applies to all applications running on the machine. However, by using the node in the machine.config source, you can adapt machine-wide settings on a per-application basis. Two attributes in the section affect the Web Garden model. They are webGarden and cpuMask. The webGarden attribute takes a Boolean value that indicates whether or not multiple worker processes (one per each affinitized CPU) need to be used. The attribute is set to false by default. The cpuMask attribute stores a DWORD value whose binary representation provides a bit mask for the CPUs that are eligible to run the ASP.NET worker process. The default value is -1 (0xFFFFFF), which means that all available CPUs can be used. The contents of the cpuMask attribute is ignored when the webGarden attribute is false. The cpuMask attribute also sets an upper bound to the number of copies of aspnet_wp.exe that are running. Web Gardening enables multiple worker processes to run at the same time. However, you should note that all processes will have their own copy of application state, in-process session state, ASP.NET cache, static data, and all that is needed to run applications. When the Web Garden mode is enabled, the ASP.NET ISAPI launches as many worker processes as there are CPUs, each a full clone of the next (and each affinitized with the corresponding CPU). To balance the workload, incoming requests are partitioned among running processes in a round-robin manner. Worker processes get recycled as in the single processor case. Note that ASP.NET inherits any CPU usage restriction from the operating system and doesn't include any custom semantics for doing this. All in all, the Web Garden model is not necessarily a big win for all applications. The more stateful applications are, the more they risk to pay in terms of real performance. Working data is stored in blocks of shared memory so that any changes entered by a process are immediately visible to others. However, for the time it takes to service a request, working data is copied in the context of the process. Each worker process, therefore, will handle its own copy of working data, and the more stateful the application, the higher the cost in performance. In this context, careful and savvy application benchmarking is an absolute must. Changes made to the section of the configuration file are effective only after IIS is restarted. In IIS 6, Web Gardening parameters are stored in the IIS metabase; the webGarden and cpuMask attributes are ignored. What is view state? Where is it stored? Can we disable it? The web is a state-less protocol, so the page is instantiated, executed, rendered and then disposed of on every round trip to the server. The developer's code to add "statefulness" to the page by using server-side storage for the state or posting the page to itself. When required to persist and read the data in a control on a webform, the developer must read the values and store them in a hidden variable (in the form), that were then used to restore the values. With the advent of the .NET Framework, ASP.NET offers the ViewState mechanism that tracks the data values of server controls on an ASP.NET webform. In effect, ViewState can be viewed as "hidden variable managed by the ASP.NET framework!". When an ASP.NET
page is executed, data values from all server controls on a page are collected and encoded as a single string that is then assigned to the page's hidden atrribute "< input type=hidden >", that is part of the page sent to the client. The ViewState value is temporarily saved in the client's browser. ViewState can be disabled for a single control, for an entire page or for an entire web application. The syntax is: Disable ViewState for control (Datagrid in this example) < asp:datagrid EnableViewState="false" ... / > Disable ViewState for a page, using Page directive < %@ Page EnableViewState="False" ... % > Disable ViewState for application through entry in web.config < Pages EnableViewState="false" ... / > .NET FrameWork FAQ's When was .NET announced? Bill Gates delivered a keynote at Forum 2000, held June 22, 2000, outlining the .NET "vision". The July 2000 PDC had a number of sessions on .NET technology, and delegates were given CDs containing a prerelease version of the .NET Framework/SDK and Visual Studio.NET. When was the first version of .NET released? The final version of the 1.0 SDK and runtime was made publicly available around 6 PM PST on 15-Jan2002. At the same time, the final version of Visual Studio.NET was made available to MSDN subscribers. What platforms does the .NET Framework run on? The runtime supports Windows XP, Windows 2000, NT4 SP6a and Windows ME/98. Windows 95 is not supported. Some parts of the framework do not work on all platforms; for example, ASP.NET is only supported on Windows XP and Windows 2000. Windows 98/ME cannot be used for development. IIS is not supported on Windows XP Home Edition, and so cannot be used to host ASP.NET. However, the ASP.NET Web Matrix web server does run on XP Home. The Mono project is attempting to implement the .NET framework on Linux. What is the CLR? CLR = Common Language Runtime. The CLR is a set of standard resources that (in theory) any .NET program can take advantage of, regardless of programming language. Robert Schmidt (Microsoft) lists the following CLR resources in his MSDN PDC# article: Object-oriented programming model (inheritance, polymorphism, exception handling, garbage collection) Security model Type system
All .NET base classes Many .NET framework classes Development, debugging, and profiling tools Execution and code management IL-to-native translators and optimizers
What this means is that in the .NET world, various programming languages will be more equal in capability than they have ever been before, although clearly not all languages will support all CLR services. What is the CTS? CTS = Common Type System. This is the range of types that the .NET runtime understands, and therefore that .NET applications can use. However note that not all .NET languages will support all the types in the CTS. The CTS is a superset of the CLS. What is the CLS? CLS = Common Language Specification. This is a subset of the CTS that all .NET languages are expected to support. The idea is that any program that uses CLS-compliant types can interoperate with any .NET program written in any language. In theory this allows very tight interop between various .NET languages, for example allowing a C# class to inherit from a VB class. What is IL? IL = Intermediate Language. Also known as MSIL (Microsoft Intermediate Language) or CIL (Common Intermediate Language). All .NET source code (of any language) is compiled to IL. The IL is then converted to machine code at the point where the software is installed, or at run-time by a Just-In-Time (JIT) compiler. What does "managed" mean in the .NET context? The term "managed" is the cause of much confusion. It is used in various places within .NET, meaning slightly different things. Managed code: The .NET framework provides several core run-time services to the programs that run within it, for example exception handling and security. For these services to work, the code must provide a minimum level of information to the runtime. Such code is called managed code. All C# and Visual Basic.NET code is managed by default. Visual Studio 7 C++ code is not managed by default, but the compiler can produce managed code by specifying a command-line switch (/com+). Managed data: This is data that is allocated and de-allocated by the .NET runtime's garbage collector. C# and VB.NET data is always managed. Visual Studio 7 C++ data is unmanaged by default, even when using the /com+ switch, but it can be marked as managed using the __gc keyword. Managed classes: This is usually referred to in the context of Managed Extensions (ME) for C++. When using ME C++, a class can be marked with the __gc keyword. As the name suggests, this means that the memory for instances of the class is managed by the garbage collector, but it also means more than that. The class becomes a fully
paid-up member of the .NET community with the benefits and restrictions that brings. An example of a benefit is proper interop with classes written in other languages, for example, a managed C++ class can inherit from a VB class. An example of a restriction is that a managed class can only inherit from one base class. What is reflection? All .NET compilers produce metadata about the types defined in the modules they produce. This metadata is packaged along with the module (modules in turn are packaged together in assemblies), and can be accessed by a mechanism called reflection. The System.Reflection namespace contains classes that can be used to interrogate the types for a module/assembly. Using reflection to access .NET metadata is very similar to using ITypeLib/ITypeInfo to access type library data in COM, and it is used for similar purposes, for example determining data type sizes for marshaling data across context/process/machine boundaries. Reflection can also be used to dynamically invoke methods (see System.Type.InvokeMember ) , or even create types dynamically at run-time (see System.Reflection.Emit.TypeBuilder). What is the difference between Finalize and Dispose (Garbage collection) ? Class instances often encapsulate control over resources that are not managed by the runtime, such as window handles (HWND), database connections, and so on. Therefore, you should provide both an explicit and an implicit way to free those resources. Provide implicit control by implementing the protected Finalize Method on an object (destructor syntax in C# and the Managed Extensions for C++). The garbage collector calls this method at some point after there are no longer any valid references to the object. In some cases, you might want to provide programmers using an object with the ability to explicitly release these external resources before the garbage collector frees the object. If an external resource is scarce or expensive, better performance can be done if the programmer explicitly releases resources when they are no longer being used. To provide explicit control, implement the Dispose method provided by the IDisposable Interface. The consumer of the object should call this method when it is done using the object. Dispose can be called even if other references to the object are alive. Note that even when you provide explicit control by way of Dispose, you should provide implicit cleanup using the Finalize method. Finalize provides a backup to prevent resources from permanently leaking if the programmer fails to call Dispose. What is Partial Assembly References? Full Assembly reference: A full assembly reference includes the assembly's text name, version, culture, and public key token (if the assembly has a strong name). A full assembly reference is required if you reference any assembly that is part of the common language runtime or any assembly located in the Global Assembly Cache. Partial Assembly reference: We can dynamically reference an assembly by providing only partial information, such as specifying only the assembly name. When you specify a partial assembly reference, the runtime looks for the assembly only in the application directory.
We can make partial references to an assembly in your code in one of the following ways: Use a method such as System.Reflection.Assembly.Load and specify only a partial reference. The runtime checks for the assembly in the application directory. Use the System.Reflection.Assembly.LoadWithPartialName method and specify only a partial reference. The runtime checks for the assembly in the application directory and in the Global Assembly Cache.
Changes to which portion of version number indicates an incompatible change? Major or minor. Changes to the major or minor portion of the version number indicate an incompatible change. Under this convention, then version 2.0.0.0 would be considered incompatible with version 1.0.0.0. Examples of an incompatible change would be a change to the types of some method parameters or the removal of a type or method altogether. Build. The Build number is typically used to distinguish between daily builds or smaller compatible releases. Revision. Changes to the revision number are typically reserved for an incremental build needed to fix a specific bug. You'll sometimes hear this referred to as the "emergency bug fix" number in that the revision is what is often changed when a fix to a specific bug is shipped to a customer. What is side-by-side execution? Can two applications, one using private assembly and the other using Shared assembly be started as side-by-side executables? Side-by-side execution is the ability to run multiple versions of an application or component on the same computer. You can have multiple versions of the Common Language Runtime, and multiple versions of applications and components that use a version of the runtime, on the same computer at the same time. Since versioning is only applied to shared assemblies, and not to private assemblies, two applications, one using private assembly and one using shared assembly cannot be started as side-by-side executables. Why are strings called an immutable data type? The memory representation of a string is an Array of Characters, so on re-assigning the new array of Char is formed and the start address is changed, thus keeping the old string in memory for the Garbage Collector to dispose. What does assert() method do? In debug compilations, assert takes in a Boolean condition as a parameter, and shows the error dialog if the condition is false. The program proceeds without any interruption if the condition is true. What's the difference between the Debug class and Trace class? The documentation looks the same. Use the Debug class for debug builds, use the Trace class for both debug and release builds. Why are there five tracing levels in System.Diagnostics.TraceSwitcher?
The tracing dumps can be quite verbose. For applications that are constantly running you run the risk of overloading the machine and the hard drive. Five levels range from None to Verbose, allowing you to fine-tune the tracing activities. Where is the output of TextWriterTraceListener redirected? To the Console or a text file depending on the parameter passed to the constructor. How do assemblies find each other? By searching directory paths. There are several factors that can affect the path (such as the AppDomain host, and application configuration files), but for private assemblies the search path is normally the application's directory and its sub-directories. For shared assemblies, the search path is normally the same as the private assembly path plus the shared assembly cache. How does assembly versioning work? Each assembly has a version number called the compatibility version. Also each reference to an assembly (from another assembly) includes both the name and version of the referenced assembly.The version number has four numeric parts (for example 5.5.2.33). Assemblies with either of the first two parts different are normally viewed as incompatible. If the first two parts are the same, but the third is different, the assemblies are deemed as "maybe compatible". If only the fourth part is different then the assemblies are deemed compatible. However, this is just the default guideline, it is the version policy that decides to what extent these rules are enforced. The version policy can be specified via the application configuration file. What is garbage collection? Garbage collection is a system whereby a run-time component takes responsibility for managing the lifetime of objects and the heap memory that they occupy. This concept is not new to .NET. Java and many other languages/runtimes have used garbage collection for some time. Why doesn't the .NET runtime offer deterministic destruction? Because of the garbage collection algorithm. The .NET garbage collector works by periodically running through a list of all the objects that are currently being referenced by an application. All the objects that it doesn't find during this search are ready to be destroyed and the memory reclaimed. The implication of this algorithm is that the runtime doesn't get notified immediately when the final reference on an object goes away, it only determines during the next sweep of the heap. Futhermore, this type of algorithm works best by performing the garbage collection sweep as rarely as possible. Normally heap exhaustion is the trigger for a collection sweep. Is the lack of deterministic destruction in .NET a problem? It's certainly an issue that affects component design. If you have objects that maintain expensive or scarce resources (for example database locks), you need to provide some way for the client to tell the object to release the resource when it is done. Microsoft recommends that you provide a method called Dispose()
for this purpose. However, this causes problems for distributed objects, in a distributed system who calls the Dispose() method? Some form of reference-counting or ownership-management mechanism is needed to handle distributed objects, unfortunately the runtime offers no help with this. What is serialization? Serialization is the process of converting an object into a stream of bytes. Deserialization is the opposite process of creating an object from a stream of bytes. Serialization / Deserialization is mostly used to transport objects (for example during remoting), or to persist objects (for example to a file or database). Does the .NET Framework have in-built support for serialization? There are two separate mechanisms provided by the .NET class library, XmlSerializer and SoapFormatter/BinaryFormatter. Microsoft uses XmlSerializer for Web Services, and uses SoapFormatter/BinaryFormatter for remoting. Both are available for use in your own code. Can I customise the serialization process? Yes. XmlSerializer supports a range of attributes that can be used to configure serialization for a specific class. For example, a field or property can be marked with the [XmlIgnore] attribute to exclude it from serialization. Another example is the [XmlElement] attribute, that can be used to specify the XML element name to be used for a specific property or field. Serialization via SoapFormatter/BinaryFormatter can also be controlled to some extent by attributes. For example, the [NonSerialized] attribute is the equivalent of XmlSerializer's [XmlIgnore] attribute. Ultimate control of the serialization process can be acheived by implementing the the ISerializable interface on the class whose instances are to be serialized. Why is XmlSerializer so slow? There is a once-per-process-per-type overhead with XmlSerializer. So the first time you serialize or deserialize an object of a given type in an application, there is a significant delay. This normally doesn't matter, but it may mean, for example, that XmlSerializer is a poor choice for loading configuration settings during startup of a GUI application. Why do I get errors when I try to serialize a Hashtable? XmlSerializer will refuse to serialize instances of any class that implements IDictionary, for example Hashtable. SoapFormatter and BinaryFormatter do not have this restriction. What are attributes? There are at least two types of .NET attributes. The first type I will refer to as a metadata attribute, it allows some data to be attached to a class or method. This data becomes part of the metadata for the class, and (like other class metadata) can be accessed via reflection. The other type of attribute is a context attribute. Context attributes use a similar syntax to metadata attributes but they are fundamentally different. Context attributes provide an interception mechanism whereby instance activation and method calls can be pre- and/or post-processed.
How does CAS work? The CAS security policy revolves around two key concepts, code groups and permissions. Each .NET assembly is a member of a specific code group, and each code group is granted the permissions specified in a named permission set. For example, using the default security policy, a control downloaded from a web site belongs to the "Zone - Internet" code group, that adheres to the permissions defined by the "Internet" named permission set. (Naturally the "Internet" named permission set represents a very restrictive range of permissions.) Who defines the CAS code groups? Microsoft defines some default ones, but you can modify these and even create your own. To see the code groups defined on your system, run "caspol -lg" from the command-line. On my system it looks like this: Level = Machine Code Groups 1. All code: Nothing 1.1. Zone: MyComputer: FullTrust 1.1.1. Honor SkipVerification requests: SkipVerification 1.2. Zone: Intranet: LocalIntranet 1.3. Zone: Internet: Internet 1.4. Zone: Untrusted: Nothing 1.5. Zone: Trusted: Internet 1.6. StrongName: 0024000004800000940000000602000000240000525341310004000003 000000CFCB3291AA715FE99D40D49040336F9056D7886FED46775BC7BB5430BA4444FEF8348EBD06 F962F39776AE4DC3B7B04A7FE6F49F25F740423EBF2C0B89698D8D08AC48D69CED0FC8F83B465E08 07AC11EC1DCC7D054E807A43336DDE408A5393A48556123272CEEEE72F1660B71927D38561AABF5C AC1DF1734633C602F8F2D5: Note the hierarchy of code groups, the top of the hierarchy is the most general ("All code"), that is then sub-divided into several groups, each of which in turn can be sub-divided. Also note that (somewhat counter-intuitively) a subgroup can be associated with a more permissive permission set than its parent. How do I define my own code group? Use caspol. For example, suppose you trust code from http://www.mydomain.com/ and you want it to have full access to your system, but you want to keep the default restrictions for all other internet sites. To do this, you would add a new code group as a sub-group of the "Zone - Internet" group, like this: caspol -ag 1.3 -site http://www.mydomain.com/ FullTrust Now if you run caspol -lg then you will see that the new group has been added as group 1.3.1: 1.3. Zone: Internet: Internet
1.3.1. Site: http://www.mydomain.com/: FullTrust Note that the numeric label (1.3.1) is just a caspol invention to make the code groups easy to manipulate from the command-line. The underlying runtime never sees it. How do I change the permission set for a code group? Use caspol. If you are the machine administrator then you can operate at the "machine" level, which means that not only do the changes you make become the default for the machine, but also those users cannot change the permissions to be more permissive. If you are a normal (non-admin) user then you can still modify the permissions, but only to make them more restrictive. For example, to allow intranet code to do what it likes you might do this: caspol -cg 1.2 FullTrust Note that because this is more permissive than the default policy (on a standard system), you should only do this at the machine level, doing it at the user level will have no effect. I can't be bothered with all this CAS stuff. Can I turn it off? Yes, as long as you are an administrator. Just run: caspol -s off Can I look at the IL for an assembly? Yes. Microsoft supplies a tool called Ildasm that can be used to view the metadata and IL for an assembly. Can source code be reverse-engineered from IL? Yes, it is often relatively straightforward to regenerate high-level source (for example C#) from IL. How can I stop my code being reverse-engineered from IL? There is currently no simple way to stop code being reverse-engineered from IL. In the future it is likely that IL obfuscation tools will become available, either from Microsoft or from third parties. These tools work by "optimising" the IL in such a way that reverse-engineering becomes much more difficult. Of course if you are writing web services then reverse-engineering is not a problem as clients do not have access to your IL. Is there built-in support for tracing/logging? Yes, in the System.Diagnostics namespace. There are two main classes that deal with tracing, Debug and Trace. They both work in a similar way, the difference is that tracing from the Debug class only works in builds that have the DEBUG symbol defined, whereas tracing from the Trace class only works in builds that have the TRACE symbol defined. Typically this means that you should use System.Diagnostics.Trace.WriteLine for tracing that you want to work in debug and release builds, and System.Diagnostics.Debug.WriteLine for tracing that you want to work only in debug builds.
Can I redirect tracing to a file? Yes. The Debug and Trace classes both have a Listeners property, that is a collection of sinks that receive the tracing that you send via Debug.WriteLine and Trace.WriteLine respectively. By default the Listeners collection contains a single sink, that is an instance of the DefaultTraceListener class. This sends output to the Win32 OutputDebugString() function and also the System.Diagnostics.Debugger.Log() method. This is useful when debugging, but if you're trying to trace a problem at a customer site then redirecting the output to a file is more appropriate. Fortunately, the TextWriterTraceListener class is provided for this purpose. What are the contents of an assembly? In general, a static assembly can consist of the four elements: 1. 2. 3. 4. The assembly manifest, that contains assembly metadata. Type metadata. Microsoft Intermediate Language (MSIL) code that implements the types. A set of resources.
What is GC (Garbage Collection) and how it works One of the good features of the CLR is Garbage Collection, that runs in the background collecting unused object references, freeing us from having to ensure we always destroy them. In reality the time difference between you releasing the object instance and it being garbage collected is likely to be very small, since the GC is always running. [The process of transitively tracing through all pointers to actively used objects to locate all objects that can be referenced, and then arranging to reuse any heap memory that was not found during this trace. The Common Language Runtime garbage collector also compacts the memory that is in use to reduce the working space needed for the heap.] Heap A portion of memory reserved for a program to use for the temporary storage of data structures whose existence or size cannot be determined until the program is running. Differnce between Managed code and unmanaged code? Managed Code: Code that runs under a "contract of cooperation" with the Common Language Runtime. Managed code must supply the metadata necessary for the runtime to provide services such as memory management, cross-language integration, code access security, and automatic lifetime control of objects. All code based on Microsoft Intermediate Language (MSIL) executes as managed code. Un-Managed Code Code that is created without regard for the conventions and requirements of the Common Language
Runtime. Unmanaged code executes in the Common Language Runtime environment with minimal services (for example, no garbage collection, limited debugging, and so on). What is MSIL, IL, CTS and, CLR ? MSIL: (Microsoft Intermediate Language) When compiling to managed code, the compiler translates your source code into Microsoft Intermediate Language (MSIL), that is a CPU-independent set of instructions that can be efficiently converted to native code. MSIL includes instructions for loading, storing, initializing, and calling methods on objects, as well as instructions for arithmetic and logical operations, control flow, direct memory access, exception handling, and other operations. Before code can be executed, MSIL must be converted to CPU-specific code, usually by a Just-In-Time (JIT) compiler. Because the Common Language Runtime supplies one or more JIT compilers for each computer architecture it supports, the same set of MSIL can be JIT-compiled and executed on any supported architecture. When a compiler produces MSIL, it also produces metadata. Metadata describes the types in your code, including the definition of each type, the signatures of each type's members, the members that your code references, and other data that the runtime uses at execution time. The MSIL and metadata are contained in a Portable Executable (PE) file that is based on and extends the published Microsoft PE and Common Object File Format (COFF) used historically for executable content. This file format, that accommodates MSIL or native code as well as metadata, enables the operating system to recognize Common Language Runtime images. The presence of metadata in the file along with the MSIL enables your code to describe itself, that means that there is no need for type libraries or Interface Definition Language (IDL). The runtime locates and extracts the metadata from the file as needed during execution. IL: (Intermediate Language) A language used as the output of a number of compilers and as the input to a Just-In-Time (JIT) compiler. The Common Language Runtime includes a JIT compiler for converting MSIL to native code. CTS: (Common Type System) The specification that determines how the Common Language Runtime defines, uses, and manages types. CLR: (Common Language Runtime) The engine at the core of managed code execution. The runtime supplies managed code with services such as cross-language integration, code access security, object lifetime management, and debugging and profiling support. What is Reference type and value type ? Reference Type Reference types are allocated on the managed CLR heap, just like object types. A data type that is stored as a reference to the value's location. The value of a reference type is the location of the sequence of bits that represent the type's data. Reference types can be self-describing types, pointer types, or interface
types. Value Type Value types are allocated on the stack just like primitive types in VBScript, VB6 and C/C++. Value types that are not instantiated using new go out of scope when the function they are defined within returns. Value types in the CLR are defined as types that derive from system.valueType. A data type that fully describes a value by specifying the sequence of bits that constitutes the value's representation. Type information for a value type instance is not stored with the instance at run time, but it is available in metadata. Value type instances can be treated as objects using boxing. What is Boxing and unboxing ? Boxing The conversion of a value type instance to an object, that implies that the instance will carry full type information at run time and will be allocated in the heap. The Microsoft Intermediate Language (MSIL) instruction set's box instruction converts a value type to an object by making a copy of the value type and embedding it in a newly allocated object. Un-Boxing The conversion of an object instance to a value type. What is JIT and how does it work? An acronym for "Just-In-Time", a phrase that describes an action that is taken only when it becomes necessary, such as Just-In-Time compilation or Just-In-Time object activation. What is Portable Executable (PE)? The file format used for executable programs and for files to be linked together to form executable programs. What is a strong name? A name that consists of an assembly's identity; its simple text name, version number, and culture information (if provided) strengthened by a public key and a digital signature generated over the assembly. Because the assembly manifest contains file hashes for all the files that constitute the assembly implementation, it is sufficient to generate the digital signature over just the one file in the assembly that contains the assembly manifest. Assemblies with the same strong name are expected to be identical. What is Global Assembly Cache? A machine-wide code cache that stores assemblies specifically installed to be shared by many applications on the computer. Applications deployed in the Global Assembly Cache must have a strong name.
What is the difference between constants, readonly and, static? Constants: The value can't be changed Read-only: The value will be initialized only once from the constructor of the class. Static: Value can be initialized once. What is difference between shared and public? An assembly that can be referenced by more than one application. An assembly must be explicitly built to be shared by giving it a cryptographically strong name. What is namespace used for loading assemblies at run time and name the methods? System.Reflection What are the types of authentication in .Net? We have three types of authentication:
1. 2. 3.
Form authentication Windows authentication Passport
This has to be declared in the web.config file. What is the difference between a Struct and a Class ? The struct type is suitable for representing lightweight objects such as Point, Rectangle, and Color. Although it is possible to represent a point as a class, a struct is more efficient in some scenarios. For example, if you declare an array of 1000 Point objects, you will allocate additional memory for referencing each object. In this case, the struct is less expensive. When you create a struct object using the new operator, it gets created and the appropriate constructor is called. Unlike classes, structs can be instantiated without using the new operator. If you do not use new then the fields will remain unassigned and the object cannot be used until all of the fields are initialized. It is an error to declare a default (parameterless) constructor for a struct. A default constructor is always provided to initialize the struct members to their default values. It is an error to initialize an instance field in a struct. There is no inheritance for structs as there is for classes. A struct cannot inherit from another struct or class, and it cannot be the base of a class. Structs, however, inherit from the base class Object. A struct can implement interfaces, and it does that exactly as classes do. A struct is a value type, while a class is a reference type. How big is the datatype int in .NET?
32 bits. How big is the char? 16 bits (Unicode). How do you initiate a string without escaping each backslash? Put an @ sign in front of the double-quoted string. What's the access level of the visibility type internal? Current application. Explain encapsulation ? The implementation is hidden, the interface is exposed. What data type should you use if you want an 8-bit value that's signed? sbyte. Speaking of Boolean data types, what's different between C# and C/C++? There's no conversion between 0 and false, as well as any other number and true, like in C/C++. Where are the value-type variables allocated in the computer RAM? Stack. Where do the reference-type variables go in the RAM? The references go on the stack, while the objects themselves go on the heap. What is the difference between the value-type variables and reference-type variables in terms of garbage collection? The value-type variables are not garbage-collected, they are just popped off the stack when they go out of scope, the reference-type objects are picked up by GC when their references go null. How do you convert a string into an integer in .NET? Int32.Parse(string) How do you box a primitive data type variable? Assign it to the object, pass an object.
Why do you need to box a primitive variable? To pass it by reference. What's the difference between Java and .NET garbage collectors? Sun left the implementation of a specific garbage collector up to the JRE developer, so their performance varies widely, depending on whose JRE you're using. Microsoft standardized on their garbage collection. How do you enforce garbage collection in .NET? System.GC.Collect(); What's different about namespace declaration when comparing that to package declaration in Java? No semicolon. What's the difference between const and readonly? You can initialize readonly variables to some runtime values. Let's say your program uses current date and time as one of the values that won't change. This way you declare public readonly string DateT = new DateTime().ToString(). What happens when you encounter a continue statement inside the for loop? The code for the rest of the loop is ignored, the control is transferred back to the beginning of the loop. What's the advantage of using System.Text.StringBuilder over System.String? StringBuilder is more efficient in the cases where a lot of manipulation is done to the text. Strings are immutable, so each time it's being operated on, a new instance is created. Can you store multiple data types in System.Array? No. What's the difference between the System.Array.CopyTo() and System.Array.Clone()? The first one performs a deep copy of the array, the second one is shallow. How can you sort the elements of the array in descending order? By calling Sort() and then Reverse() methods. What's the .NET datatype that allows the retrieval of data by a unique key?
HashTable. What's class SortedList underneath? A sorted HashTable. Will a finally block be executed if the exception had not occurred? Yes. Can multiple catch blocks be executed? No, once the proper catch code fires off, the control is transferred to the finally block (if there are any) and then whatever follows the finally block. Why is it a bad idea to throw your own exceptions? Well, if at that point you know that an error has occurred, then why not write the proper code to handle that error instead of passing a new Exception object to the catch block? Throwing your own exceptions signifies some design flaws in the project. What's a delegate? A delegate object encapsulates a reference to a method. In C++ they were referred to as function pointers. What's a multicast delegate? It's a delegate that points to and eventually fires off several methods. How's the DLL Hell problem solved in .NET? Assembly versioning allows the application to specify not only the library it needs to run (that was available under Win32), but also the version of the assembly. What are the ways to deploy an assembly? An MSI installer, a CAB archive, and XCOPY command. What's a satellite assembly? When you write a multilingual or multi-cultural application in .NET and want to distribute the core application separately from the localized modules, the localized assemblies that modify the core application are called satellite assemblies. What namespaces are necessary to create a localized application? System.Globalization, System.Resources.
What does assert() do? In debug compilation, assert takes in a Boolean condition as a parameter, and shows the error dialog if the condition is false. The program proceeds without any interruption if the condition is true. What's the difference between the Debug class and Trace class? The documentation looks the same. Use the Debug class for debug builds, use the Trace class for both debug and release builds. Why are there five tracing levels in System.Diagnostics.TraceSwitcher? The tracing dumps can be quite verbose and for some applications that are constantly running you run the risk of overloading the machine and the hard drive there. Five levels range from None to Verbose, allowing to fine-tune the tracing activities. Where is the output of TextWriterTraceListener redirected? To the Console or a text file depending on the parameter passed to the constructor. What namespaces are necessary to create a localized application? System.Globalization, System.Resources. What are three test cases you should go through in unit testing? Positive test cases (correct data, correct output), negative test cases (broken or missing data, proper handling) and exception test cases (exceptions are thrown and caught properly). Can you change the value of a variable while debugging a C# application? Yes, if you are debugging via Visual Studio.NET then just go to the Immediate window. What's the implicit name of the parameter that gets passed into the class' set method? Value, and it's datatype depends on whatever variable we're changing. How do you inherit from a class in C#? Place a colon and then the name of the base class. Notice that it's a double colon in C++. Does C# support multiple inheritance? No, use interfaces instead. When you inherit a protected class-level variable, who is it available to?
Derived Classes. What's the top .NET class that everything is derived from? System.Object. How's method overriding different from overloading? When overriding, you change the method behavior for a derived class. Overloading simply involves having a method with the same name within the class. What does the keyword virtual mean in the method definition? The method can be overridden. Can you declare the override method static while the original method is non-static? No, you can't, the signature of the virtual method must remain the same, only the keyword virtual is changed to keyword override. Can you override private virtual methods? No, moreover, you cannot access private methods in inherited classes, you need to be protected in the base class to allow any sort of access. Can you prevent your class from being inherited and becoming a base class for some other classes? Yes, that's what the keyword sealed in the class definition is for. The developer trying to derive from your class will get a message: cannot inherit from Sealed class WhateverBaseClassName. It's the same concept as final class in Java. Can you allow a class to be inherited, but prevent the method from being overridden? Yes, just leave the class public and make the method sealed. Why can't you specify the accessibility modifier for methods inside the interface? They all must be public. Therefore, to prevent you from getting the false impression that you have any freedom of choice, you are not allowed to specify any accessibility, it's public by default. Can you inherit multiple interfaces? Yes, why not? And if they have conflicting method names? It's up to you to implement the method inside your own class, so implementation is left entirely up to you. This might cause a problem on a higher-level scale if similarly named methods from different interfaces
expect different data, but as far as the compiler cares you're okay. What's the difference between an interface and abstract class? In the interface all methods must be abstract, in the abstract class some methods can be concrete. In the interface no accessibility modifiers are allowed, which is ok in abstract classes. How can you overload a method? Different parameter data types, different number of parameters, different order of parameters. If a base class has a bunch of overloaded constructors and an inherited class has another bunch of overloaded constructors, can you enforce a call from an inherited constructor to an arbitrary base constructor? Yes, just place a colon, and then the keyword base (parameter list to invoke the appropriate constructor) in the overloaded constructor definition inside the inherited class. What's the difference between the System.String and System.StringBuilder classes? System.String is immutable, System.StringBuilder was designed for the purpose of having a mutable string where a variety of operations can be performed. Does C# support multiple-inheritance? No, use interfaces instead. When you inherit a protected class-level variable, who is it available to? The derived class. Are private class-level variables inherited? Yes, but they are not accessible. Although they are not visible or accessible via the class interface, they are inherited. Describe the accessibility modifier "protected internal". It is available to derived classes and classes within the same Assembly (and naturally from the base class it's declared in). What's the top .NET class that everything is derived from? System.Object. What's the advantage of using System.Text.StringBuilder over System.String? StringBuilder is more efficient in cases where there is a large amount of string manipulation. Strings are
immutable, so each time it's being operated on, a new instance is created. Can you store multiple data types in System.Array? No. What's the .NET class that allows the retrieval of a data element using a unique key? HashTable. Will the finally block get executed if an exception has not occurred? Yes. What's an abstract class? A class that cannot be instantiated. An abstract class is a class that must be inherited and have the methods overridden. An abstract class is essentially a blueprint for a class without any implementation. When do you absolutely have to declare a class as abstract?
1. 2.
When at least one of the methods in the class is abstract. When the class itself is inherited from an abstract class, but not all base abstract methods have been overridden.
What's an interface? It's an abstract class with public abstract methods all of which must be implemented in the inherited classes. Why can't you specify the accessibility modifier for methods inside the interface? They all must be public. Therefore, to prevent you from getting the false impression that you have any freedom of choice, you are not allowed to specify any accessibility, it's public by default. What's the difference between an interface and abstract class? In an interface class, all methods must be abstract. In an abstract class some methods can be concrete. In an interface class, no accessibility modifiers are allowed, which is ok in an abstract class. How is method overriding different from method overloading? When overriding a method, you change the behavior of the method for the derived class. Overloading a method simply involves having another method with the same name within the class. Can you declare an override method to be static if the original method is non-static?
No. The signature of the virtual method must remain the same, only the keyword virtual is changed to keyword override. Can you override private virtual methods? No. Private methods are not accessible outside the class. Can you write a class without specifying a namespace? Which namespace does it belong to by default? Yes, you can, then the class belongs to the global namespace that has no name. For commercial products, naturally, you wouldn't want the global namespace. What is a formatter? A formatter is an object that is responsible for encoding and serializing data into messages on one end, and deserializing and decoding messages into data on the other end. Differences between .NET and J2EE Differences between J2EE and the .NET Platform Vendor Neutrality The .NET platform is not vendor neutral, it is tied to the Microsoft operating systems. But neither are any of the J2EE implementations. Many companies buy into J2EE believing that it will give them vendor neutrality. And, in fact, this is a stated goal of Sun's vision: A wide variety of J2EE product configurations and implementations, all of that meet the requirements of this specification, are possible. A portable J2EE application will function correctly when successfully deployed in any of these products. (ref: Java 2 Platform Enterprise Edition Specification, v1.3, page 2-7 available athttp://java.sun.com/j2ee/) Overall Maturity Since the .NET platform has a three year lead over the J2EE, it should be no surprise to learn that the .NET platform is far more mature than the J2EE platform. We have high volume and highly reliable web sites using .NET technologies (NASDAQ and Dell being among many examples). Interoperability and Web Services The .NET platform eCollaboration model is, as I have discussed at length, based on the UDDI and SOAP standards. These standards are widely supported by more than 100 companies. Microsoft, along with IBM and Ariba, are the leaders in this area. Sun is a member of the UDDI consortium and recognizes the importance of the UDDI standards. In a recent press release, Sun's George Paolini, Vice President for the Java Community Development, says: "Sun has always worked to help establish and support open, standards-based technologies that facilitate the growth of network-based applications, and we see UDDI as an important project to establish a registry
framework for business-to-business e-commerce But while Sun publicly says it believes in the UDDI standards, in reality, Sun has done nothing whatsoever to incorporate any of the UDDI standards into J2EE. Scalability The following is a typical comparision of w.r.t Systems and their costs. J2EE Company System Bull IBM Bull IBM Bull IBM Total Sys. Escala T610 c/s RS/6000 Enterprise Server F80 Escala EPC810 c/s RS/6000 Enterprise Server M80 Escala EPC2450 IBM eServer pSeries 680 Model 7017-S85 Cost 16,785 $1,980,179 16,785 $2,026,681 33,375 $3,037,499 33,375 $3,097,055 110,403 $9,563,263 110,403 $9,560,594
.NET platform systems Company System Dell Compaq Dell IBM Compaq Compaq Compaq Compaq Compaq Total Sys. Cost
PowerEdge 4400 16,263 $273,487 ProLiant ML-570-6/700-3P 20,207 $201,717 PowerEdge 6400 30, 231 $334,626 Netfinity 7600 c/s 32,377 $443,463 ProLiant 8500-X550-64P 161,720 $3,534,272 ProLiant 8500-X700-64P 179,658 $3,546,582 ProLiant 8500-X550-96P 229,914 $5,305,571 ProLiant 8500-X700-96P 262,244 $5,305,571 ProLiant 8500-700-192P 505,303 $10,003,826
Framework Support The .NET platform includes an eCommerce framework called Commerce Server. At this point, there is no equivalent vendor-neutral framework in the J2EE space. With J2EE, you should assume that you will be building your new eCommerce solution from scratch. Moreover, no matter what [J2EE] vendor you choose, if you expect a component framework that will allow you to quickly field complete e-business applications, you are in for a frustrating experience. Language In the language arena, the choice is about as simple as it gets. J2EE supports Java, and only Java. It will not support any other language in the foreseeable future. The .NET platform supports every language except Java (although it does support a language that is syntactically and functionally equivalent to Java, C#). In fact, given the importance of the .NET platform as a language independent vehicle, it is likely that any
language that comes out in the near future will include support for the .NET platform. Some companies are under the impression that J2EE supports other languages. Although both IBM's WebSphere and BEA's WebLogic support other languages, neither does it through their J2EE technology. There are only two official ways in the J2EE platform to access other languages, one through the Java Native Interface and the other through CORBA interoperability. Sun recommends the later approach. As Sun's Distinguished Scientist and Java Architect Rick Cattell said in a recent interview. Portability The reason that operating system portability is a possibility with J2EE is not so much because of any inherent portability of J2EE, as it is that most of the J2EE vendors support multiple operating systems. Therefore as long as one sticks with a given J2EE vendor and a given database vendor, moving from one operating system to another should be possible. This is probably the single most important benefit in favor of J2EE over the .NET platform, that is limited to the Windows operating system. It is worth noting, however, that Microsoft has submitted the specifications for C# and a subset of the .NET Framework (called the Common Language Infrastructure) to ECMA, the group that standardizes JavaScript. J2EE offers an acceptable solution to ISVs when the product must be marketed to non-Windows customers, particularly when the J2EE platform itself can be bundled with the ISV's product as an integrated offering. If the primary customer base for the ISV is Windows customers then the .NET platform should be chosen. It will provide much better performance at a much lower cost. Client device independence The major difference is that with Java, it is the presentation tier programmer that determines the ultimate HTML that will be delivered to the client, and with .NET, it is a Visual Studio.NET control. This Java approach has three problems. First, it requires a lot of code on the presentation tier, since every possible thin client system requires a different code path. Second, it is very difficult to test the code with every possible thin client system. Third, it is very difficult to add new thin clients to an existing application, since to do so involves searching through, and modifying a tremendous amount of presentation tier logic. The .NET Framework approach is to write device independent code that interacts with visual controls. It is the control, not the programmer, that is responsible for determining what HTML to deliver, based on the capabilities of the client device.. In the .NET Framework model, one can forget that such a thing as HTML even exists! Conclusion Sun's J2EE vision is based on a family of specifications that can be implemented by many vendors. It is open in the sense that any company can license and implement the technology, but closed in the sense that it is controlled by a single vendor, and a self-contained architectural island with very limited ability to interact outside of itself. One of J2EE's major disadvantages is that the choice of the platform dictates the use of a single programming language, and a programming language that is not well suited for most businesses. One of J2EE's major advantages is that most of the J2EE vendors do offer operating system portability.
Microsoft's .NET platform vision is a family of products rather than specifications, with specifications used primarily to define points of interoperability. The major disadvantage of this approach is that it is limited to the Windows platform, so applications written for the .NET platform can only be run on .NET platforms. Their are several important advantages to the .NET platform: The cost of developing applications is much lower, since standard business languages can be used and device independent presentation tier logic can be written. The cost of running applications is much lower, since commodity hardware platforms (at 1/5 the cost of their Unix counterparts) can be used. The ability to scale up is much greater, with the proven ability to support at least ten times the number of clients any J2EE platform has shown itself able to support. Interoperability is much stronger, with industry standard eCollaboration built into the platform.
What are the Main Features of .NET platform? The following are the features of the .NET Platform. Common Language Runtime Explains the features and benefits of the Common Language Runtime, a run-time environment that manages the execution of code and provides services that simplify the development process. Assemblies Defines the concept of assemblies, that are a collections of types and resources that form logical units of functionality. Assemblies are the fundamental units of deployment, version control, reuse, activation scoping, and security permissions. Application Domains Explains how to use application domains to provide isolation between applications. Runtime Hosts Describes the runtime hosts supported by the .NET Framework, including ASP.NET, Internet Explorer, and shell executables. Common Type System Identifies the types supported by the Common Language Runtime. Metadata and Self-Describing Components Explains how the .NET Framework simplifies component interoperation by allowing compilers to emit additional declarative information, or metadata, into all modules and assemblies. Cross-Language Interoperability Explains how managed objects created in various programming languages can interact with one another. .NET Framework Security Describes mechanisms for protecting resources and code from unauthorized code and unauthorized users.
.NET Framework Class Library Introduces the library of types provided by the .NET Framework, that expedites and optimizes the development process and gives you access to system functionality. What is the use of JIT ? Just- In-Time (JIT) is a compiler that converts MSIL code to Native Code (in other words, CPU-specific code that runs on the same computer architecture). Because the Common Language Runtime supplies a JIT compiler for each supported CPU architecture, developers can write a set of MSIL that can be JIT-compiled and run on computers with various architectures. However, your managed code will run only on a specific operating system if it calls platform-specific native APIs, or a platformspecific class library. JIT compilation takes into account the fact that some code might never get called during execution. Rather than using time and memory to convert all the MSIL in a Portable Executable (PE) file to native code, it converts the MSIL as needed during execution and stores the resulting native code so that it is accessible for subsequent calls. The loader creates and attaches a stub to each of a type's methods when the type is loaded. On the initial call to the method, the stub passes control to the JIT compiler, that converts the MSIL for that method into native code and modifies the stub to direct execution to the location of the native code. Subsequent calls of the JIT-compiled method proceed directly to the native code that was previously generated, reducing the time it takes to JIT-compile and run the code. Assembly and Global Assembly Cache (GAC) and Metadata Assembly: An assembly is the primary building block of a .NET based application. It is a collection of functionality that is built, versioned, and deployed as a single implementation unit (as one or more files). All managed types and resources are marked either as accessible only within their implementation unit, or as accessible by code outside that unit. It overcomes the problem of "DLL Hell".The .NET Framework uses assemblies as the fundamental unit for several purposes: Security Type Identity Reference Scope Versioning Deployment
Global Assembly Cache: Assemblies can be shared among multiple applications on the machine by registering them in the Global Assembly Cache (GAC). The GAC is a machine wide local cache of assemblies maintained by the .NET Framework. We can register the assembly to the Global Assembly Cache using the gacutil command. We can navigate to the GAC directory, "C:\winnt\Assembly", in Windows Explorer. In the tools menu select the cache properties; in the windows displayed you can set the memory limit in MB used by the GAC MetaData: Assemblies have Manifests. This Manifest contains Metadata information of the Module/Assembly as well as detailed Metadata of other assemblies/modules referenced (exported). It's the Assembly Manifest that differentiates between an Assembly and a Module. What are the mobile devices supported by the .Net platform
The Microsoft .NET Compact Framework is designed to run on mobile devices such as mobile phones, Personal Digital Assistants (PDAs), and embedded devices. The easiest way to develop and test a Smart Device Application is to use an emulator. These devices are divided into the following two main divisions:
1. 2.
Those that are directly supported by .NET (Pocket PCs, i-Mode phones, and WAP devices) Those that are not (Palm OS and J2ME-powered devices).
What are GUIDs and why and where do we use them? GUID is an acronym for Globally Unique Identifier, a unique 128-bit number produced by the Windows OS or by some Windows applications to identify a specific component, application, file, database entry, and/or user. For instance, a Web site may generate a GUID and assign it to a user's browser to record and track the session. A GUID is also used in a Windows registry to identify COM DLLs. Knowing where to look in the registry and having the correct GUID yields a lot information about a COM object (in other words, information in the type library, its physical location, and so on). Windows also identifies user accounts by a username (computer/domain and username) and assigns it a GUID. Some database administrators even will use GUIDs as primary key values in databases. GUIDs can be created in a number of ways, but usually they are a combination of a few unique settings based on a specific point in time (for example, an IP address, network MAC address, clock date/time, and so on). Describe the difference between inline and code behind; which is best in a loosely coupled solution ASP.NET supports two modes of page development: Page logic code that is written inside <runat="server"> blocks within an .aspx file and dynamically compiled the first time the page is requested on the server. Page logic code that is written within an external class that is compiled prior to deployment on a server and linked "behind" the .aspx file at run time. Whats MSIL, and why should my developers need an appreciation of it if at all? When compiling the source code to managed code, the compiler translates the source into Microsoft Intermediate Language (MSIL). This is a CPU-independent set of instructions that can efficiently be converted to native code. Microsoft Intermediate Language (MSIL) is a translation used as the output of a number of compilers. It is the input to a Just-In-Time (JIT) compiler. The Common Language Runtime includes a JIT compiler for the conversion of MSIL to native code. Before Microsoft Intermediate Language (MSIL) can be executed, it must be converted by the .NET Framework Just-In-Time (JIT) compiler to native code. This is CPU-specific code that runs on the same computer architecture as the JIT compiler. Rather than using time and memory to convert all of the MSIL in a Portable Executable (PE) file to native code, it converts the MSIL as needed during execution, then caches the resulting native code so its accessible for any subsequent calls. How many .NET languages can a single .NET DLL contain? One
What type of code (server or client) is found in a Code-Behind class? Server What's an assembly? Assemblies are the building blocks of .NET Framework applications; they form the fundamental unit of deployment, version control, reuse, activation scoping, and security permissions. An assembly is a collection of types and resources that are built to work together and form a logical unit of functionality. An assembly provides the Common Language Runtime with the information it needs to be aware of type implementations. To the runtime, a type does not exist outside the context of an assembly. How many classes can a single .NET DLL contain? Unlimited. What is the difference between string and String ? No difference. What is manifest? It is the metadata that describes the assemblies. What is metadata? Metadata is machine-readable information about a resource, or "data about data". Such information might include details on content, format, size, or other characteristics of a data source. In .NET, metadata includes type definitions, version information, external assembly references, and other standardized information. What are the types of assemblies? The following are the four types of assemblies in .NET. Static assemblies These are the .NET PE files that you create at compile time. Dynamic assemblies These are PE-formatted, in-memory assemblies that you dynamically create at runtime using the classes in the System.Reflection.Emit namespace. Private assemblies These are static assemblies used by a specific application.
Public or shared assemblies These are static assemblies that must have a unique shared name and can be used by any application. An application uses a private assembly by referring to the assembly using a static path or through an XML-based application configuration file. While the CLR doesn't enforce versioning policies, in other words checking whether the correct version is used, for private assemblies, it ensures that an application uses the correct shared assemblies with which the application was built. Thus, an application uses a specific shared assembly by referring to the specific shared assembly, and the CLR ensures that the correct version is loaded at runtime. In .NET, an assembly is the smallest unit of which you can associate a version number; What are delegates?where are they used? A delegate defines a reference type that encapsulates a method with a specific signature. A delegate instance encapsulates a static or an instance method. Delegates are roughly similar to function pointers in C++; however, delegates are type-safe and secure. When to you use the virutal keyword? When we need to override a method of the base class in the sub class, then we provide the virtual keyword in the base class method. This makes the method in the base class overridable. Methods, properties, and indexers can be virtual, which means that their implementation can be overridden in derived classes. What are class access modifiers? Access modifiers are keywords specifying the declared accessibility of a member or a type. This section introduces the four access modifiers: Public: Access is not restricted. Protected: Access is limited to the containing class or types derived from the containing class. Internal: Access is limited to the current assembly. Protected intetnal: Access is limited to the current assembly or types derived from the containing class. Private: Access is limited to the containing type.
What Is Boxing And Unboxing? Boxing: Boxing is an implicit conversion of a value type to the type object type. For example, consider the following declaration of a value-type variable: int i = 123; object o = (object) i; Boxing Conversion UnBoxing: Unboxing is an explicit conversion from the type object to a value type.
For example: int i = 123; // A value type object box = i; // Boxing int j = (int)box; // Unboxing What is value type and refernce type in .Net?. Value Type: A variable of a value type always contains a value of that type. The assignment to a variable of a value type creates a copy of the assigned value, while the assignment to a variable of a reference type creates a copy of the reference but not of the referenced object. The value types consist of the following two main categories: Struct Type Enumeration Type
Reference Type: Variables of reference types, referred to as objects, store references to the actual data. This section introduces the following keywords used to declare reference types: Class Interface Delegate
This section also introduces the following built-in reference types: object string
Note: A few of the references are taken from other sites/sources. What is the difference between structures and enumerations? Unlike classes, structs are value types and do not require heap allocation. A variable of a struct type directly contains the data of the struct, whereas a variable of a class type contains a reference to the data. They are derived from the System.ValueType class. An enum type is a distinct type that declares a set of named constants. They are strongly-typed constants. They are unique types that allow declaration of symbolic names with integral values. Enums are value types, which means they contain their own value, can't inherit or be inherited from and assignments copy the value of one enum to another. public enum Grade { A, B, C } What are namespaces?
A namespace is a logical naming scheme for group related types. Some class types that logically belong together can be put into a common namespace. They prevent namespace collisions and they provide scoping. They are imported as "using" in C# or "Imports" in Visual Basic. It seems as if these directives specify a specific assembly, but they don't. A namespace can span multiple assemblies, and an assembly can define multiple namespaces. When the compiler needs the definition for a class type, it tracks through each of the various imported namespaces to the type name and searches each referenced assembly until it is found. Namespaces can be nested. This is very similar to packages in Java as far as scoping is concerned. How do you create shared assemblies? Just look through the definition of Assemblies.. An Assembly is a logical unit of code Assembly physically exist as DLLs or EXEs One assembly can contain one or more files The constituent files can include any file types like image files, text files and so on. along with DLLs or EXEs When you compile your source code by default the exe/DLL generated is actually an assembly Unless your code is bundled as assembly it can not be used in any other application When you talk about version of a component you are actually talking about version of the assembly to which the component belongs. Every assembly file contains information about itself. This information is called as Assembly Manifest. Following steps are involved in creating shared assemblies: Create your DLL/EXE source code Generate unique assembly name using SN utility Sign your DLL/EXE with the private key by modifying AssemblyInfo file Compile your DLL/EXE Place the resultant DLL/EXE in Global Assembly Cache using AL utility
What is Global Assembly Cache? Each computer where the Common Language Runtime is installed has a machine-wide code cache called the Global Assembly Cache. The Global Assembly Cache stores assemblies specifically designated to be shared by several applications on the computer. There are several ways to deploy an assembly into the Global Assembly Cache: Use an installer designed to work with the Global Assembly Cache. This is the preferred option for installing assemblies into the Global Assembly Cache. Use a developer tool called the Global Assembly Cache tool (Gacutil.exe), provided by the .NET Framework SDK. Use Windows Explorer to drag assemblies into the cache.
What is MSIL? When compiling to managed code, the compiler translates your source code into Microsoft Intermediate
Language (MSIL), which is a CPU-independent set of instructions that can be efficiently converted to native code. MSIL includes instructions for loading, storing, initializing, and calling methods on objects, as well as instructions for arithmetic and logical operations, control flow, direct memory access, exception handling, and other operations. Before code can be run, MSIL must be converted to CPU-specific code, usually by a Just-In-Time (JIT) compiler. Because the Common Language Runtime supplies one or more JIT compilers for each computer architecture it supports, the same set of MSIL can be JIT-compiled and run on any supported architecture. When a compiler produces MSIL, it also produces metadata. Metadata describes the types in your code, including the definition of each type, the signatures of each type's members, the members that your code references, and other data that the runtime uses at execution time. The MSIL and metadata are contained in a Portable Executable (PE) file that is based on and extends the published Microsoft PE and common object file format (COFF) used historically for executable content. This file format, that accommodates MSIL or native code as well as metadata, enables the operating system to recognize Common Language Runtime images. The presence of metadata in the file along with the MSIL enables your code to describe itself, that means that there is no need for type libraries or Interface Definition Language (IDL). The runtime locates and extracts the metadata from the file as needed during execution. What is Jit compilers?.how many are available in clr? Just-In-Time compiler- it converts the language that you write in .Net into machine language that a computer can understand. there are tqo types of JITs one is memory optimized and other is performace optimized. What is tracing?Where it used.Explain few methods available Tracing refers to collecting information about the application while it is running. You use tracing information to troubleshoot an application. Tracing allows us to observe and correct programming errors. Tracing enables you to record information in various log files about the errors that might occur at run time. You can analyze these log files to find the cause of the errors. In .NET we have objects called Trace Listeners. A listener is an object that receives the trace output and outputs it somewhere; that somewhere could be a window in your development environment, a file on your hard drive, a Windows Event log, a SQL Server or Oracle database, or any other customized data store. The System.Diagnostics namespace provides the interfaces, classes, enumerations and structures that are used for tracing The System.Diagnostics namespace provides two classes named Trace and Debug that are used for writing errors and application execution information in logs. All Trace Listeners have the following functions. Functionality of these functions is same except that the target media for the tracing output is determined by the Trace Listener. Method Name Result Fail Outputs the specified text with the Call Stack.
Write Outputs the specified text. WriteLine Outputs the specified text and a carriage return. Flush Flushes the output buffer to the target media. Close Closes the output stream in order to not receive the tracing/debugging output. How to set the debug mode? Debug Mode for ASP.NET applications - To set ASP.NET appplication in debugging mode, edit the application's web.config and assign the "debug" attribute in < compilation > section to "true" as show below: < configuration > < system.web > < compilation defaultLanguage="vb" debug="true" / > .... ... .. < / configuration > This case-sensitive attribute "debug tells ASP.NET to generate symbols for dynamically generated files and enables the debugger to attach to the ASP.NET application. ASP.NET will detect this change automatically, without the need to restart the server. Debug Mode for ASP.NET Webservices, Debugging an XML Web service created with ASP.NET is similar to the debugging an ASP.NET Web application. What is the property available to check if the page posted or not? The Page_Load event handler in the page checks for IsPostBack property value, to ascertain whether the page is posted. The Page.IsPostBack gets a value indicating whether the page is being loaded in response to the client postback, or it is for the first time. The value of Page.IsPostBack is True, if the page is being loaded in response to the client postback; while its value is False, when the page is loaded for the first time. The Page.IsPostBack property facilitates execution of certain routine in Page_Load, only once (for for example in Page load, we need to set default value in controls, when page is loaded for the first time. On post-back, we check for true value for IsPostback value and then invoke server-side code to update data). What are the abstract classes available under system.xml namespace? The System.XML namespace provides XML related processing ability in .NET framework. XmlReader and XMLWriter are the two abstract classes at the core of .NET Framework XML classes:
1.
XmlReader provides a fast, forward-only, read-only cursor for processing an XML document stream.
2.
XmlWriter provides an interface for producing XML document streams that conform to the W3C's XML standards.
Both XmlReader and XmlWriter are abstract base classes, that define the functionality that all derived classes must support. Is it possible to use multipe inheritance in .net? Multiple Inheritance is an ability to inherit from more than one base class in other words ability of a class to have more than one superclass, by inheriting from different sources and thus combine separatelydefined behaviors in a single class. There are two types of multiple inheritance: multiple type/interface inheritance and multiple implementation inheritance. C# and VB.NET supports only multiple type/interface inheritance, in other words you can derive an class/interface from multiple interfaces. There is no support for multiple implementation inheritance in .NET. That means a class can only derived from one class. What are the derived classes from xmlReader and xmlWriter? Both XmlReader and XmlWriter are abstract base classes, that define the functionality that all derived classes must support. There are three concrete implementations of XmlReader:
1. 2. 3.
XmlTextReader XmlNodeReader XmlValidatingReader
There are two concrete implementations of XmlWriter:
1. 2.
XmlTextWriter XmlNodeWriter
XmlTextReader and XmlTextWriter support reading data to/from text-based stream, while XmlNodeReader and XmlNodeWriter are designed for working with in-memory DOM tree structure. The custom readers and writers can also be developed to extend the built-in functionality of XmlReader and XmlWriter. What is managed and unmanaged code? The .NET framework provides several core run-time services to the programs that run within it, for example exception handling and security. For these services to work, the code must provide a minimum level of information to the runtime. in other words., code executing under the control of the CLR is called managed code. For example, any code written in C# or Visual Basic .NET is managed code. Code that runs outside the CLR is referred to as "unmanaged code." COM components, ActiveX components, and Win32 API functions are examples of unmanaged code. How you deploy .NET assemblies?
One way is simply use xcopy. others are use and the setup projects in .net. and one more way is use of nontuch deployment. What is Globalizationa and Localization ? Globalization is the process of creating an application that meets the needs of users from multiple cultures. It includes using the correct currency, date and time format, calendar, writing direction, sorting rules, and other issues. Accommodating these cultural differences in an application is called localization.Using classes of System.Globalization namespace, you can set application's current culture. This can be done by using any of the following 3 approaches.
1. 2. 3.
Detect and redirect Run-time adjustment Using Satellite assemblies.
Whate are Resource Files ? How are they used in .NET? Resource files are the files containing data that is logically deployed with an application.These files can contain data in a number of formats including strings, images and persisted objects. It has the main advantage of If we store data in these files then we don't need to compile these if the data get changed. In .NET we basically require them storing culture specific informations by localizing application's resources. You can deploy your resources using satellite assemblies. Difference between Dispose and Finallize method? Finalize method is used to free the memory used by some unmanaged resources like window handles (HWND). It's similar to the destructor syntax in C#. The GC calls this method when it founds no more references to the object. But, In some cases we may need release the memory used by the resources explicitely.To release the memory explicitly we need to implement the Dispose method of IDisposable interface. What is encapsulation ? Encapsulation is the ability to hide the internal workings of an object's behavior and its data. For instance, let's say you have a object named Bike and this object has a method named start(). When you create an instance of a Bike object and call its start() method you are not worried about what happens to accomplish this, you just want to ensure the state of the bike is changed to "running" afterwards. This kind of behavior hiding is encapsulation and it makes programming much easier. How can you prevent your class to be inherated further? By setting Sealed - Key word public sealed class Planet { //code goes here }
class Moon : Planet { //Not allowed as base class is sealed } What is GUID and why we need to use it and in what condition? How this is created. A GUID is a 128-bit integer (16 bytes) that can be used across all computers and networks wherever a unique identifier is required. Such an identifier has a very low probability of being duplicated. Visual Studio .NET IDE has a utility under the tools menu to generate GUIDs. Why do you need to serialize.? We need to serialize the object,if you want to pass object from one computer/application domain to another.Process of converting complex objects into stream of bytes that can be persisted or transported.Namespace for serialization is System.Runtime.Serialization.The ISerializable interface allows you to make any class Serializable..NET framework features 2 serializing method. 1. Binary Serialization 2. XML Serialization What is inline schema, how does it works? Schemas can be included inside of XML file is called Inline Schemas.This is useful when it is inconvenient to physically seprate the schema and the XML document.A schema is an XML document that defines the structure, constraints, data types, and relationships of the elements that constitute the data contained inside the XML document or in another XML document.Schema can be an external file that uses the XSD or XDR extension called external schema. Inline schema can take place even when validation is turned off. Describe the advantages of writing a managed code application instead of unmanaged one. What's involved in certain piece of code being managed? "Advantage includes automatic garbage collection,memory management,security,type checking,versioning Managed code is compiled for the .NET run-time environment. It runs in the Common Language Runtime (CLR), which is the heart of the .NET Framework. The CLR provides services such as security, memory management, and cross-language integration. Managed applications written to take advantage of the features of the CLR perform more efficiently and safely, and take better advantage of developers existing expertise in languages that support the .NET Framework. Unmanaged code includes all code written before the .NET Framework was introducedthis includes code written to use COM, native Win32, and Visual Basic 6. Because it does not run inside the .NET environment, unmanaged code cannot make use of any .NET managed facilities." What are multicast delegates ? give me an example ? Delegate that can have more than one element in its invocation List. using System;
namespace SampleMultiCastDelegate { class MultiCast { public delegate string strMultiCast(string s); } } MainClass defines the static methods having same signature as delegate. using System; namespace SampleMultiCastDelegate { public class MainClass { public MainClass() { } public static string Jump(string s) { Console.WriteLine("Jump"); return String.Empty; } public static string Run(string s) { Console.WriteLine("Run"); return String.Empty; } public static string Walk(string s) { Console.WriteLine("Walk"); return String.Empty; } } } The Main class: using System; using System.Threading; namespace SampleMultiCastDelegate { public class MainMultiCastDelegate { public static void Main() {
MultiCast.strMultiCast Run, Walk, Jump; MultiCast.strMultiCast myDelegate; ///here mydelegate used the Combine method of System.MulticastDelegate ///and the delegates combine myDelegate = (MultiCast.strMultiCast)System.Delegate.Combine(Run, Walk); } } } Can a nested object be used in Serialization ? Yes. If a class that is to be serialized contains references to objects of other classes, and if those classes have been marked as serializable, then their objects are serialized too. Difference between int and int32 ? Both are same. System.Int32 is a .NET class. Int is an alias name for System.Int32. Describe the difference between a Thread and a Process? A Process is an instance of an running application. And a thread is the Execution stream of the Process. A process can have multiple Thread. When a process starts a specific memory area is allocated to it. When there is multiple thread in a process, each thread gets a memory for storing the variables in it and plus they can access to the global variables that is common for all the thread. Eg.A Microsoft Word is a Application. When you open a Word file,an instance of the Word starts and a process is allocated to this instance that has one thread. What is the difference between an EXE and a DLL? You can create an objects of DLL but not of the EXE. DLL is an In-Process Component whereas EXE is an OUt-Process Component. Exe is for single use whereas you can use DLL for multiple use. Exe can be started as standalone where DLL cannot be. What is strong-typing versus weak-typing? Which is preferred? Why? Strong typing implies that the types of variables involved in operations are associated to the variable, checked at compile-time, and require explicit conversion; weak typing implies that they are associated to the value, checked at run-time, and are implicitly converted as required. (Which is preferred is a disputable point, but I personally prefer strong typing because I like my errors to be found as soon as possible.) What is a PID? How is it useful when troubleshooting a system? PID is the process Id of the application in Windows. Whenever a process starts running in the Windows
environment, it is associated with an individual process Id or PID. The PID (Process ID) a unique number for each item on the Process Tab, Image Name list. How do you get the PID to appear? In Task Manger, select the View menu, then select columns and check PID (Process Identifier). In Linux, PID is used to debug a process explicitly. However we cannot do this in a windows environment. Microsoft has launched a SDK called as Microsoft Operations Management (MOM). This uses the PID to determine which DLL's have been loaded by a process in the memory. This is essentially helpful in situations where the Process that has a memory leak is to be traced to a erring DLL. Personally I have never used a PID, our Windows debugger does the things required to determine. What is the GAC? What problem does it solve? Each computer where the Common Language Runtime is installed has a machine-wide code cache called the Global Assembly Cache. The Global Assembly Cache stores assemblies that are to be shared by several applications on the computer. This area is typically the folder under windows or winnt in the machine. All the assemblies that need to be shared across applications need to be done through the Global Assembly Cache only. However it is not necessary to install assemblies into the Global Assembly Cache to make them accessible to COM interop or unmanaged code. There are several ways to deploy an assembly into the Global Assembly Cache: Use an installer designed to work with the Global Assembly Cache. This is the preferred option for installing assemblies into the Global Assembly Cache. Use a developer tool called the Global Assembly Cache tool (Gacutil.exe), provided by the .NET Framework SDK. Use Windows Explorer to drag assemblies into the cache.
GAC solves the problem of DLL Hell and DLL versioning. Unlike earlier situations, GAC can hold two assemblies of the same name but different version. This ensures that the applications that access a specific assembly continue to access the same assembly even if another version of that assembly is installed on that machine. Describe what an Interface is and how it's different from a Class. An interface is a structure of code that is similar to a class. An interface is a prototype for a class and is useful from a logical design perspective. Interfaces provide a means to define the protocols for a class without worrying about the implementation details. The syntax for creating interfaces follows: interface Identifier { InterfaceBody } Identifier is the name of the interface and InterfaceBody refers to the abstract methods and static final variables that make up the interface. Because it is assumed that all the methods in an interface are abstract, it isn't necessary to use the abstract keyword An interface is a description of some of the members available from a class. In practice, the syntax
typically looks similar to a class definition, except that there's no code defined for the methods just their name, the arguments passed and the type of the value returned. So what good is it? None by itself. But you create an interface so that classes will implement it. But what does it mean to implement an interface. The interface acts as a contract or promise. If a class implements an interface, then it must have the properties and methods of the interface defined in the class. This is enforced by the compiler. Broadly the differentiators between classes and interfaces is as follows Interface should not have any implementation. Interface can not create any instance. Interface should provide high level abstraction from the implementation. Interface can have multiple inheritances. Default access level of the interface is public.
What is the difference between XML Web Services using ASMX and .NET Remoting using SOAP? ASP.NET Web services and .NET Remoting provide a full suite of design options for cross-process and cross-plaform communication in distributed applications. In general, ASP.NET Web services provide the highest levels of interoperability with full support for WSDL and SOAP over HTTP, while .NET Remoting is designed for Common Language Runtime type-system fidelity and supports additional data format and communication channels. Hence if we looking cross-platform communication than web services is the choice coz for .NET remoting .Net framework is requried that may or may not present for the other platform. Serialization and Metadata ASP.NET Web services rely on the System.Xml.Serialization.XmlSerializer class to marshal data to and from SOAP messages at runtime. For metadata, they generate WSDL and XSD definitions that describe what their messages contain. The reliance on pure WSDL and XSD makes ASP.NET Web services metadata portable; it expresses data structures in a way that other Web service toolkits on various platforms and with various programming models can understand. In some cases, this imposes constraints on the types you can expose from a Web serviceXmlSerializer will only marshal things that can be expressed in XSD. Specifically, XmlSerializer will not marshal object graphs and it has limited support for container types. .NET Remoting relies on the pluggable implementations of the IFormatter interface used by the System.Runtime.Serialization engine to marshal data to and from messages. There are two standard formatters, System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter and System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter. The BinaryFormatter and SoapFormatter, as the names suggest, marshal types in binary and SOAP format respectively. For metadata, .NET Remoting relies on the Common Language Runtime assemblies, that contain all the relevant information about the data types they implement, and expose it via reflection. The reliance on the assemblies for metadata makes it easy to preserve the full runtime type-system fidelity. As a result, when the .NET Remoting plumbing marshals data, it includes all of a class's public and private members; handles object graphs correctly; and supports all container types (for example, System.Collections.Hashtable). However, the reliance on runtime metadata also limits the reach of a .NET Remoting systema client has to understand .NET constructs in order to communicate with a .NET Remoting endpoint. In addition to
pluggable formatters, the .NET Remoting layer supports pluggable channels, that abstract away the details of how messages are sent. There are two standard channels, one for raw TCP and one for HTTP. Messages can be sent over either channel independent of format. Distributed Application Design: ASP.NET Web Services visual Studio. .NET Remoting ASP.NET Web services favor the XML Schema type system, and provide a simple programming model with broad cross-platform reach. .NET Remoting favors the runtime type system, and provides a more complex programming model with much more limited reach. This essential difference is the primary factor in determining which technology to use. However, there are a wide range of other design factors, including transport protocols, host processes, security, performance, state management, and support for transactions to consider as well. Security Since ASP.NET Web services rely on HTTP, they integrate with the standard Internet security infrastructure. ASP.NET leverages the security features available with IIS to provide strong support for standard HTTP authentication schemes including Basic, Digest, digital certificates, and even Microsoft .NET Passport. (You can also use Windows Integrated authentication, but only for clients in a trusted domain.) One advantage of using the available HTTP authentication schemes is that no code change is required in a Web service; IIS performs authentication before the ASP.NET Web services are called. ASP.NET also provides support for .NET Passport-based authentication and other custom authentication schemes. ASP.NET supports access control based on target URLs, and by integrating with the .NET code access security (CAS) infrastructure. SSL can be used to ensure private communication over the wire. Although these standard transport-level techniques to secure Web services are quite effective, they only go so far. In complex scenarios involving multiple Web services in different trust domains, you need to build custom ad hoc solutions. Microsoft and others are working on a set of security specifications that build on the extensibility of SOAP messages to offer message-level security capabilities. One of these is the XML Web Services Security Language (WS-Security), which defines a framework for message-level credential transfer, message integrity, and message confidentiality. As noted in the previous section, the .NET Remoting plumbing does not secure cross-process invocations in the general case. A .NET Remoting endpoint hosted in IIS with ASP.NET can leverage all the same security features available to ASP.NET Web services, including support for secure communication over the wire using SSL. If you are using the TCP channel or the HTTP channel hosted in processes other than aspnet_wp.exe, you need to implement authentication, authorization and privacy mechanisms yourself. One additional security concern is the ability to execute code from a semi-trusted environment without having to change the default security policy. ASP.NET Web Services client proxies work in these environments, but .NET Remoting proxies do not. In order to use a .NET Remoting proxy from a semitrusted environment, you need a special serialization permission that is not given to code loaded from your intranet or the Internet by default. If you want to use a .NET Remoting client from within a semitrusted environment, you have to alter the default security policy for code loaded from those zones. In situations where you are connecting to systems from clients running in a sandboxlike a downloaded Windows Forms application, for instanceASP.NET Web Services are a simpler choice because security policy changes are not required. Conceptually, what is the difference between early-binding and late-binding?
Early binding Binding at Compile Time Late Binding Binding at Run Time Early binding implies that the class of the called object is known at compile-time; late-binding implies that the class is not known until run-time, such as a call through an interface or via Reflection. Early binding is the preferred method. It is the best performer because your application binds directly to the address of the function being called and there is no extra overhead in doing a run-time lookup. In terms of overall execution speed, it is at least twice as fast as late binding. Early binding also provides type safety. When you have a reference set to the component's type library, Visual Basic provides IntelliSense support to help you code each function correctly. Visual Basic also warns you if the data type of a parameter or return value is incorrect, saving a lot of time when writing and debugging code. Late binding is still useful in situations where the exact interface of an object is not known at design-time. If your application seeks to talk with multiple unknown servers or needs to invoke functions by name (using the Visual Basic 6.0 CallByName function for example) then you need to use late binding. Late binding is also useful to work around compatibility problems between multiple versions of a component that has improperly modified or adapted its interface between versions. What is an Asssembly Qualified Name? Is it a filename? How is it different? An assembly qualified name isn't the filename of the assembly; it's the internal name of the assembly combined with the assembly version, culture, and public key, thus making it unique. for example (""System.Xml.XmlDocument, System.Xml, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089"") How is a strongly-named assembly different from one that isn't strongly-named? Strong names are used to enable the stricter naming requirements associated with shared assemblies. These strong names are created by a .NET utility sn.exe Strong names have three goals: Name uniqueness. Shared assemblies must have names that are globally unique. Prevent name spoofing. Developers don't want someone else releasing a subsequent version of one of your assemblies and falsely claim it came from you, either by accident or intentionally. Provide identity on reference. When resolving a reference to an assembly, strong names are used to guarantee the assembly that is loaded came from the expected publisher.
Strong names are implemented using standard public key cryptography. In general, the process works as follows: The author of an assembly generates a key pair (or uses an existing one), signs the file containing the manifest with the private key, and makes the public key available to callers. When references are made to the assembly, the caller records the public key corresponding to the private key used to generate the strong name.
Weak named assemblies are not suitable to be added in GAC and shared. It is essential for an assembly to be strong named. Strong naming prevents tampering and enables assemblies to be placed in the GAC alongside other assemblies of the same name. How does the generational garbage collector in the .NET CLR manage object lifetime? What is nondeterministic finalization? The hugely simplistic version is that every time it garbage-collects, it starts by assuming everything to be garbage, then goes through and builds a list of everything reachable. Those become not-garbage, everything else doesn't, and gets thrown away. What makes it generational is that every time an object goes through this process and survives, it is noted as being a member of an older generation (up to 2, right now). When the garbage-collector is trying to free memory, it starts with the lowest generation (0) and only works up to higher ones if it can't free up enough space, on the grounds that shorter-lived objects are more likely to have been freed than longer-lived ones. Non-deterministic finalization implies that the destructor (if any) of an object will not necessarily be run (nor its memory cleaned up, but that's a relatively minor issue) immediately upon its going out of scope. Instead, it will wait until first the garbage collector gets around to finding it, and then the finalisation queue empties down to it; and if the process ends before this happens, it may not be finalised at all. (Although the operating system will usually clean up any process-external resources left open, note the usually there, especially as the exceptions tend to hurt a lot.) What is the difference between Finalize() and Dispose()? Dispose() is called by the user of an object to indicate that he is finished with it, enabling that object to release any unmanaged resources it holds. Finalize() is called by the run-time to allow an object that has not had Dispose() called on it to do the same. However, Dispose() operates determinalistically, whereas there is no guarantee that Finalize() will be called immediately when an object goes out of scope, or indeed at all, if the program ends before that object is GCed, and as such Dispose() is generally preferred. How is the using() pattern useful? What is IDisposable? How does it support deterministic finalization? The using() pattern is useful because it ensures that Dispose() will always be called when a disposable object (defined as one that implements IDisposable, and thus the Dispose() method) goes out of scope, even if it does so by an exception being thrown, and thus that resources are always released. What does this useful command line do? tasklist /m "mscor*" Lists all the applications and associated tasks/process currently running on the system with a module whose name begins "mscor" loaded into them; that in nearly all cases in other words "all the .NET processes". What's wrong with a line like this? DateTime.Parse(myString); Therez nothing wrong with this declaration.Converts the specified string representation of a date and time to its DateTime equivalent.But If the string is not a valid DateTime,It throws an exception.
What are PDBs? Where must they be located for debugging to work? A program database (PDB) files holds debugging and project state information that allows incremental linking of debug configuration of your program.There are several different types of symbolic debugging information. The default type for Microsoft compiler is the so-called PDB file. The compiler setting for creating this file is /Zi, or /ZI for C/C++(that creates a PDB file with additional information that enables a feature called ""Edit and Continue"") or a Visual Basic/C#/JScript .NET program with /debug. A PDB file is a separate file, placed by default in the Debug project subdirectory, that has the same name as the executable file with the extension .pdb. Note that the Visual C++ compiler by default creates an additional PDB file called VC60.pdb for VisulaC++6.0 and VC70.PDB file for VisulaC++7.0. The compiler creates this file during compilation of the source code, when the compiler isn't aware of the final name of the executable. The linker can merge this temporary PDB file into the main one if you tell it to, but it won't do it by default. The PDB file can be useful to display the detailed stack trace with source files and line numbers. What is FullTrust? Do GAC'ed assemblies have FullTrust? Before the .NET Framework existed, Windows had two levels of trust for downloaded code. This old model was a binary trust model. You only had two choices: Full Trust, and No Trust. The code could either do anything you could do, or it wouldn't run at all. The permission sets in .NET include FullTrust, SkipVerification, Execution, Nothing, LocalIntranet, Internet and Everything. Full Trust Grants unrestricted permissions to system resources. Fully trusted code run by a normal, nonprivileged user cannot do administrative tasks, but can access any resources the user can access, and do anything the user can do. From a security standpoint, you can think of fully trusted code as being similar to native, unmanaged code, like a traditional ActiveX control. GAC assemblies are granted FullTrust. In v1.0 and 1.1, the fact that assemblies in the GAC seem to always get a FullTrust grant is actually a side effect of the fact that the GAC lives on the local machine. If anyone were to lock down the security policy by changing the grant set of the local machine to something less than FullTrust, and if your assembly did not get extra permission from some other code group, it would no longer have FullTrust even though it lives in the GAC. What does this do? gacutil /l | find /i "Corillian" The Global Assembly Cache tool allows you to view and manipulate the contents of the Global Assembly Cache and download cache.The tool comes with various optional params to do that. ""/l"" option Lists the contents of the Global Assembly Cache. If you specify the assemblyName parameter(/l [assemblyName]), the tool lists only the assemblies matching that name. What does this do .. sn -t foo.dll ? Sn -t option displays the token for the public key stored in infile. The contents of infile must be previously generated using -p. Sn.exe computes the token using a hash function from the public key. To save space, the Common
Language Runtime stores public key tokens in the manifest as part of a reference to another assembly when it records a dependency to an assembly that has a strong name. The -tp option displays the public key in addition to the token. How do you generate a strong name? .NET provides an utility called strong name tool. You can run this toolfrom the VS.NET command prompt to generate a strong name with an option "-k" and providing the strong key file name. in other words sn-k < file-name > What is the difference between a Debug and Release build? Is there a significant speed difference? Why or why not? The Debug build is the program compiled with full symbolic debug information and no optimization. The Release build is the program compiled employing optimization and contains no symbolic debug information. These settings can be changed as per need from Project Configuration properties. The release runs faster since it does not have any debug symbols and is optimized. Explain the use of virtual, sealed, override, and abstract. Abstract: The keyword can be applied for a class or method. 1. Class: If we use abstract keyword for a class it makes the class an abstract class, which means it cant be instantiated. Though it is not necessary to make all the method within the abstract class to be virtual. ie, Abstract class can have concrete methods 2. Method: If we make a method as abstract, we don't need to provide implementation of the method in the class but the derived class need to implement/override this method. Sealed: It can be applied on a class and methods. It stops the type from further derivation in other words no one can derive class from a sealed class, ie A sealed class cannot be inherited. A sealed class cannot be a abstract class. A compile time error is thrown if you try to specify sealed class as a base class. When an instance method declaration includes a sealed modifier, that method is said to be a sealed method. If an instance method declaration includes the sealed modifier, it must also include the override modifier. Use of the sealed modifier prevents a derived class from further overriding the method For Egs: sealed override public void Sample() { Console.WriteLine("Sealed Method"); } Virtual and Override: Virtual and Override keywords provides runtime polymorphism. A base class can make some of its methods as virtual that allows the derived class a chance to override the base class implementation by using override keyword. For example: class Shape { int a public virtual void Display() { Console.WriteLine("Shape");
} } class Rectangle:Shape { public override void Display() { Console.WriteLine("Derived"); } } Explain the importance and use of each, Version, Culture and PublicKeyToken for an assembly. This three alongwith name of the assembly provide a strong name or fully qualified name to the assembly. When a assebly is referenced with all three. PublicKeyToken: Each assembly can have a public key embedded in its manifest that identifies the developer. This ensures that once the assembly ships, no one can modify the code or other resources contained in the assembly. Culture: Specifies which culture the assembly supports Version: The version number of the assembly.It is of the following form major.minor.build.revision. Explain the differences between public, protected, private and internal. These all are access modifier and they governs the access level. They can be applied to class, methods, fields. Public: Allows class, methods, fields to be accessible from anywhere in other words within and outside an assembly. Private: When applied to field and method allows to be accessible within a class. Protected: Similar to private but can be accessed by members of derived class also. Internal: They are public within the assembly in other words they can be accessed by anyone within an assembly but outside assembly they are not visible. What is the difference between typeof(foo) and myFoo.GetType()? Typeof is operator that applied to a object returns System.Type object. Typeof cannot be overloaded white GetType has lot of overloads.GetType is a method that also returns System.Type of an object. GetType is used to get the runtime type of the object. Example from MSDN showing Gettype used to retrive type at untime: public class MyBaseClass : Object { }
public class MyDerivedClass : MyBaseClass { } public class Test { public static void Main() { MyBaseClass myBase = new MyBaseClass(); MyDerivedClass myDerived = new MyDerivedClass(); object o = myDerived; MyBaseClass b = myDerived; Console.WriteLine("mybase: Type is {0}", myBase.GetType()); Console.WriteLine("myDerived: Type is {0}", myDerived.GetType()); Console.WriteLine("object o = myDerived: Type is {0}", o.GetType()); Console.WriteLine("MyBaseClass b = myDerived: Type is {0}", b.GetType()); } } /* This code produces the following output. mybase: Type is MyBaseClass myDerived: Type is MyDerivedClass object o = myDerived: Type is MyDerivedClass MyBaseClass b = myDerived: Type is MyDerivedClass */ Can "this" be used within a static method? No "This" cannot be used in a static method. As only static variables/methods can be used in a static method. What is the purpose of XML Namespaces? An XML Namespace is a collection of element types and attribute names. It consists of 2 parts
1. 2.
The first part is the URI used to identify the namespace The second part is the element type or attribute name itself.
Together they form a unique name. The various purpose of XML Namespace are
1. 2. 3.
Combine fragments from various documents without any naming conflicts. (See example below.) Write reusable code modules that can be invoked for specific elements and attributes. Universally unique names guarantee that such modules are invoked only for the correct elements and attributes. Define elements and attributes that can be reused in other schemas or instance documents without fear of name collisions. For example, you might use XHTML elements in a parts catalog to
provide part descriptions. Or you might use the nil attribute defined in XML Schemas to indicate a missing value. < Department > < Name >DVS1< /Name > < addr:Address xmlns:addr="http://www.tu-darmstadt.de/ito/addresses" > < addr:Street >Wilhelminenstr. 7< /addr:Street > < addr:City >Darmstadt< /addr:City > < addr:State >Hessen< /addr:State > < addr:Country >Germany< /addr:Country > < addr:PostalCode >D-64285< /addr:PostalCode > < /addr:Address > < serv:Server xmlns:serv="http://www.tu-darmstadt.de/ito/servers" > < serv:Name >OurWebServer< /serv:Name > < serv:Address >123.45.67.8< /serv:Address > < /serv:Server > < /Department > What is difference between MetaData and Manifest ? Metadata and Manifest forms an integral part of an assembly( DLL / exe ) in .net framework. Out of which Metadata is a mandatory component , which as the name suggests gives the details about various components of IL code viz: Methods , properties , fields , class and so on. Essentially Metadata maintains details in form of tables like Methods Metadata tables , Properties Metadata tables , that maintains the list of given type and other details like access specifier , return type and so on. Now Manifest is a part of metadata only , fully called as "manifest metadata tables" , it contains the details of the references needed by the assembly of any other external assembly / type , it could be a custom assembly or standard System namespace. Now for an assembly that can independently exists and used in the .Net world both the things ( Metadata with Manifest ) are mandatory , so that it can be fully described assembly and can be ported anywhere without any system dependency . Essentially .Net framework can read all assembly related information from assembly itself at runtime. But for .Net modules , that can't be used independently , until they are being packaged as a part of an assembly , they don't contain Manifest but their complete structure is defined by their respective metadata. Ultimately . .Net modules use Manifest Metadata tables of parent assembly that contain them. What is the use of Internal keyword? Internal keyword is one of the access specifier available in .Net framework , that makes a type visible in a given assembly , for e.g: a single DLL can contain multiple modules , essentially a multi file assembly , but it forms a single binary component , so any type with internal keyword will be visible throughout the
assembly and can be used in any of the modules. What actually happes when you add a something to arraylistcollection ? Following things will happen: Arraylist is a dynamic array class in C# in System.Collections namespace derived from interfaces ICollection , IList , ICloneable , IConvertible . It terms of in memory structure following is the implementation.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Check up the total space if there's any free space on the declared list. If yes add the new item and increase count by 1 . If No Copy the entire thing to a temporary Array of Last Max. Size. Create new Array with size ( Last Array Size + Increase Value ) Copy back values from temp and reference this new array as original array. Must doing Method updates too , need to check it up.
What is Boxing and unboxing? Does it occure automaatically or you need to write code to box and unbox? Boxing - Process of converting a System.ValueType to Reference Type , Mostly base class System.Object type and allocating it memory on Heap .Reverse is unboxing , but can only be done with prior boxed variables. Boxing is always implicit but Unboxing needs to be explicitly done via casting , thus ensuring the value type contained inside. How Boxing and unboxing occures in memory? Boxing converts value type to reference type , thus allocating memory on Heap. Unboxing converts already boxed reference types to value types through explicit casting , thus allocating memory on stack. Why only boxed types can be unboxed? Unboxing is the process of converting a Reference type variable to Value type and thus allocating memory on the stack . It happens only to those Reference type variables that have been earlier created by Boxing of a Value Type , therefore internally they contain a value type , that can be obtained through explicit casting . For any other Reference type , they don't internally contain a Value type to Unboxed via explicit casting . This is why only boxed types can be unboxed. Com + What are various transaction options available for services components ? There are 5 transactions types that can be used with COM+. Whenever an object is registered with COM+ it has to abide either to these 5 transaction types. Disabled: There is no transaction. COM+ does not provide transaction support for this component. Not Supported: Component does not support transactions. Hence even if the calling component in the
hierarchy is transaction enabled this component will not participate in the transaction. Supported: Components with transaction type supported will be a part of the transaction if the calling component has an active transaction. If the calling component is not transaction enabled this component will not start a new transaction. Required: Components with this attribute require a transaction in other words either the calling should have a transaction in place else this component will start a new transaction. Required New: Components enabled with this transaction type always require a new transaction. Components with required new transaction type instantiate a new transaction for themselves every time. Can we use com Components in .net?.How ?.can we use .net components in vb?.Explain how ? COM components have different internal architecture from .NET components hence they are not innately compatible. However .NET framework supports invocation of unmanaged code from managed code (and vice-versa) through COM/.NET interoperability. .NET application communicates with a COM component through a managed wrapper of the component called Runtime Callable Wrapper (RCW); it acts as managed proxy to the unmanaged COM component. When a method call is made to COM object, it goes onto RCW and not the object itself. RCW manages the lifetime management of the COM component. Implementation Steps Create Runtime Callable Wrapper out of COM component. Reference the metadata assembly DLL in the project and use its methods and properties RCW can be created using Type Library Importer utility or through VS.NET. Using VS.NET, add reference through COM tab to select the desired DLL. VS.NET automatically generates metadata assembly putting the classes provided by that component into a namespace with the same name as COM DLL (XYZRCW.dll) .NET components can be invoked by unmanaged code through COM Callable Wrapper (CCW) in COM/.NET interop. The unmanaged code will talk to this proxy, that translates call to managed environment. We can use COM components in .NET through COM/.NET interoperability. When managed code calls an unmanaged component, behind the scene, .NET creates proxy called COM Callable wrapper (CCW), that accepts commands from a COM client, and forwards it to .NET component. There are two prerequisites to creating .NET component, to be used in unmanaged code:
1. 2.
.NET class should be implement its functionality through interface. First define interface in code, then have the class to imlpement it. This way, it prevents breaking of COM client, if/when .NET component changes. Secondly, .NET class, that is to be visible to COM clients must be declared public. The tools that create the CCW only define types based on public classes. The same rule applies to methods, properties, and events that will be used by COM clients.
Implementation Steps -
1.
Generate type library of .NET component, using TLBExporter utility. A type library is the COM equivalent of the metadata contained within a .NET assembly. Type libraries are generally contained in files with the extension .tlb. A type library contains the necessary information to allow a COM client to determine which classes are located in a specific server, as well as the methods, properties, and events supported by those
classes.
2. 3.
Secondly, use Assembly Registration tool (regasm) to create the type library and register it. Lastly install .NET assembly in GAC, so it is available as shared assembly.
What is Runtime Callable wrapper?.when it will created?. The Common Language Runtime exposes COM objects through a proxy called the runtime callable wrapper (RCW). Although the RCW appears to be an ordinary object to .NET clients, its primary function is to marshal calls between a .NET client and a COM object. This wrapper turns the COM interfaces exposed by the COM component into .NET-compatible interfaces. For oleautomation (attribute indicates that an interface is compatible with Automation) interfaces, the RCW can be generated automatically from a type library. For non-oleautomation interfaces, it may be necessary to develop a custom RCW that manually maps the types exposed by the COM interface to .NET-compatible types. What is Com Callable wrapper?when it will created? .NET components are accessed from COM via a COM Callable Wrapper (CCW). This is similar to a RCW, but works in the opposite direction. Again, if the wrapper cannot be automatically generated by the .NET development tools, or if the automatic behaviour is not desirable, a custom CCW can be developed. Also, for COM to "see" the .NET component, the .NET component must be registered in the registry.CCWs also manage the object identity and object lifetime of the managed objects they wrap. What is a primary interop ? A primary interop assembly is a collection of types that are deployed, versioned, and configured as a single unit. However, unlike other managed assemblies, an interop assembly contains type definitions (not implementation) of types that have already been defined in COM. These type definitions allow managed applications to bind to the COM types at compile time and provide information to the Common Language Runtime about how the types should be marshaled at run time. What are tlbimp and tlbexp tools used for ? The Type Library Exporter generates a type library that describes the types defined in a Common Language Runtime assembly. The Type Library Importer converts the type definitions found within a COM type library into equivalent definitions in a Common Language Runtime assembly. The output of Tlbimp.exe is a binary file (an assembly) that contains runtime metadata for the types defined within the original type library. What benefit do you get from using a Primary Interop Assembly (PIA)? PIAs are important because they provide unique type identity. The PIA distinguishes the official type definitions from counterfeit definitions provided by other interop assemblies. Having a single type identity ensures type compatibility among applications that share the types defined in the PIA. Because the PIA is signed by its publisher and labeled with the PrimaryInteropAssembly attribute, it can be differentiated from other interop assemblies that define the same types.
ADO.NET Explain what a diffgram is and its usage ? A DiffGram is an XML format that is used to identify current and original versions of data elements. The DataSet uses the DiffGram format to load and persist its contents, and to serialize its contents for transport across a network connection. When a DataSet is written as a DiffGram, it populates the DiffGram with all the necessary information to accurately recreate the contents, though not the schema, of the DataSet, including column values from both the Original and Current row versions, row error information, and row order. When sending and retrieving a DataSet from an XML Web service, the DiffGram format is implicitly used. Additionally, when loading the contents of a DataSet from XML using the ReadXml method, or when writing the contents of a DataSet in XML using the WriteXml method, you can select that the contents be read or written as a DiffGram. The DiffGram format is divided into three sections: the current data, the original (or "before") data, and an errors section, as shown in the following example. <?xml version="1.0"?> <diffgr:diffgram xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata" xmlns:diffgr="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-diffgram-v1" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"> <DataInstance> </DataInstance> <diffgr:before> </diffgr:before> <diffgr:errors> </diffgr:errors> </diffgr:diffgram> The DiffGram format consists of the following blocks of data: <DataInstance> The name of this element, DataInstance, is used for explanation purposes in this documentation. A DataInstance element represents a DataSet or a row of a DataTable. Instead of DataInstance, the element would contain the name of the DataSet or DataTable. This block of the DiffGram format contains the current data, whether it has been modified or not. An element, or row, that has been modified is identified with the diffgr:hasChanges annotation. <diffgr:before> This block of the DiffGram format contains the original version of a row. Elements in this block are matched to elements in the DataInstance block using the diffgr:id annotation.
<diffgr:errors> This block of the DiffGram format contains error information for a specific row in the DataInstance block. Elements in this block are matched to elements in the DataInstance block using the diffgr:id annotation. Which method do you invoke on the DataAdapter control to load your generated dataset with data? You must use the Fill method of the DataAdapter control and pass the dataset object as an argument to load the generated data. Can you edit data in the Repeater control? NO. Which are the various IsolationLevels ? Following are the various IsolationLevels: Serialized Data read by a current transaction cannot be changed by another transaction until the current transaction finishes. No new data can be inserted that would affect the current transaction. This is the safest isolation level and is the default. Repeatable Read Data read by a current transaction cannot be changed by another transaction until the current transaction finishes. Any type of new data can be inserted during a transaction. Read Committed A transaction cannot read data that is being modified by another transaction that has not committed. This is the default isolation level in Microsoft SQL Server. Read Uncommitted A transaction can read any data, even if it is being modified by another transaction. This is the least safe isolation level but allows the highest concurrency. Any Any isolation level is supported. This setting is most commonly used by downstream components to avoid conflicts. This setting is useful because any downstream component must be configured with an isolation level that is equal to or less than the isolation level of its immediate upstream component. Therefore, a downstream component that has its isolation level configured as Any always uses the same isolation level that its immediate upstream component uses. If the root object in a transaction has its isolation level configured to Any, its isolation level becomes Serialized.
How XML files and be read and write using dataset?. DataSet exposes method like ReadXml and WriteXml to read and write XML What are the various rowversions available? There are four types of Rowversions. Current The current values for the row. This row version does not exist for rows with a RowState of Deleted.
Default The row the default version for the current DataRowState. For a DataRowState value of Added, Modified or Current, the default version is Current. For a DataRowState of Deleted, the version is Original. For a DataRowState value of Detached, the version is Proposed. Original The row contains its original values. Proposed The proposed values for the row. This row version exists during an edit operation on a row, or for a row that is not part of a DataRowCollection Explain acid properties?. The term ACID conveys the role transactions play in mission-critical applications. Coined by transaction processing pioneers, ACID stands for atomicity, consistency, isolation, and durability. These properties ensure predictable behavior, reinforcing the role of transactions as all-or-none propositions designed to reduce the management load when there are many variables. Atomicity A transaction is a unit of work in which a series of operations occur between the BEGIN TRANSACTION and END TRANSACTION statements of an application. A transaction executes exactly once and is atomic all the work is done or none of it is. Operations associated with a transaction usually share a common intent and are interdependent. By performing only a subset of these operations, the system could compromise the overall intent of the transaction. Atomicity eliminates the chance of processing a subset of operations. Consistency A transaction is a unit of integrity because it preserves the consistency of data, transforming one consistent state of data into another consistent state of data. Consistency requires that data bound by a transaction be semantically preserved. Some of the responsibility for maintaining consistency falls to the application developer who must ensure that all known integrity constraints are enforced by the application. For example, in developing an application that transfers money, you should avoid arbitrarily moving decimal points during the transfer. Isolation A transaction is a unit of isolation, allowing concurrent transactions to behave as though each were the only transaction running in the system. Isolation requires that each transaction appear to be the only transaction manipulating the data store, even though other transactions may be running at the same time. A transaction should never see the intermediate stages of another transaction.
Transactions attain the highest level of isolation when they are serializable. At this level, the results obtained from a set of concurrent transactions are identical to the results obtained by running each transaction serially. Because a high degree of isolation can limit the number of concurrent transactions, some applications reduce the isolation level in exchange for better throughput. Durability A transaction is also a unit of recovery. If a transaction succeeds, the system guarantees that its updates will persist, even if the computer crashes immediately after the commit. Specialized logging allows the system's restart procedure to complete unfinished operations, making the transaction durable. Whate are various types of Commands available with DataAdapter ? The SqlDataAdapter has SelectCommand, InsertCommand, DeleteCommand and UpdateCommand What is a Dataset? Datasets are the result of bringing together ADO and XML. A dataset contains one or more data of tabular XML, known as DataTables, these data can be treated separately, or can have relationships defined among them. Indeed these relationships give you ADO data SHAPING without needing to master the SHAPE language, that many people are not comfortable with. The dataset is a disconnected in-memory cache database. The dataset object model looks like this: Dataset DataTableCollection DataTable DataView DataRowCollection DataRow DataColumnCollection DataColumn ChildRelations ParentRelations Constraints PrimaryKey DataRelationCollection Let's have a look at each of these: DataTableCollection: As we say that a DataSet is an in-memory database. So it has this collection, that holds data from multiple tables in a single DataSet object. DataTable: In the DataTableCollection, we have DataTable objects, that represents the individual tables of the dataset. DataView: The way we have views in database, same way we can have DataViews. We can use these DataViews to do Sort, filter data.
DataRowCollection: Similar to DataTableCollection, to represent each row in each Table we have DataRowCollection. DataRow: To represent each and every row of the DataRowCollection, we have DataRows. DataColumnCollection: Similar to DataTableCollection, to represent each column in each Table we have DataColumnCollection. DataColumn: To represent each and every Column of the DataColumnCollection, we have DataColumn. PrimaryKey: Dataset defines Primary key for the table and the primary key validation will take place without going to the database. Constraints: We can define various constraints on the Tables, and can use Dataset.Tables(0).enforceConstraints. This will execute all the constraints, whenever we enter data in DataTable. DataRelationCollection: as we know that we can have more than 1 table in the dataset, we can also define relationship among these tables using this collection and maintain a parent-child relationship. Explain the ADO . Net Architecture ( .Net Data Provider) ADO.Net is the data access model for .Net based applications. It can be used to access relational database systems such as SQL Server 2000, Oracle, and many other data sources for which there is an OLD DB or ODBC provider. To a certain extent, ADO.NET represents the latest evolution of ADO technology. However, ADO.NET introduces some major changes and innovations that are aimed at the loosely coupled and inherently disconnected nature of web applications. A .Net Framework data provider is used to connecting to a database, executing commands, and retrieving results. Those results are either processed directly, or placed in an ADO.NET DataSet in order to be exposed to the user in an ad-hoc manner, combined with data from multiple sources, or remoted between tiers. The .NET Framework data provider is designed to be lightweight, creating a minimal layer between the data source and your code, increasing performance without sacrificing functionality. Following are the 4 core objects of .Net Framework Data provider: Connection: Establishes a connection to a specific data source Command: Executes a command against a data source. Exposes Parameters and can execute within the scope of a Transaction from a Connection. DataReader: Reads a forward-only, read-only stream of data from a data source. DataAdapter: Populates a DataSet and resolves updates with the data source.
The .NET Framework includes the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server (for Microsoft SQL Server version 7.0 or later), the .NET Framework Data Provider for OLE DB, and the .NET Framework Data Provider for ODBC. The .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server: The .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server uses its own protocol to communicate with SQL Server. It is lightweight and performs well because it is optimized to access a SQL Server directly without adding an OLE DB or Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) layer. The following illustration contrasts the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server with the .NET Framework Data Provider for OLE DB. The .NET Framework Data Provider for OLE DB communicates to an OLE DB data source through both the OLE DB Service component, that provides connection pooling and transaction services, and the OLE DB Provider for the data source
The .NET Framework Data Provider for OLE DB: The .NET Framework Data Provider for OLE DB uses native OLE DB through COM interoperability to enable data access. The .NET Framework Data Provider for OLE DB supports both local and distributed transactions. For distributed transactions, the .NET Framework Data Provider for OLE DB, by default, automatically enlists in a transaction and obtains transaction details from Windows 2000 Component Services. The .NET Framework Data Provider for ODBC: The .NET Framework Data Provider for ODBC uses native ODBC Driver Manager (DM) through COM interoperability to enable data access. The ODBC data provider supports both local and distributed transactions. For distributed transactions, the ODBC data provider, by default, automatically enlists in a transaction and obtains transaction details from Windows 2000 Component Services. The .NET Framework Data Provider for Oracle: The .NET Framework Data Provider for Oracle enables data access to Oracle data sources through Oracle client connectivity software. The data provider supports Oracle client software version 8.1.7 and later. The data provider supports both local and distributed transactions (the data provider automatically enlists in existing distributed transactions, but does not currently support the EnlistDistributedTransaction method). The .NET Framework Data Provider for Oracle requires that Oracle client software (version 8.1.7 or later) be installed on the system before you can use it to connect to an Oracle data source. .NET Framework Data Provider for Oracle classes are located in the System.Data.OracleClient namespace and are contained in the System.Data.OracleClient.dll assembly. You will need to reference both the System.Data.dll and the System.Data.OracleClient.dll when compiling an application that uses the data provider. Choosing a .NET Framework Data Provider .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server: Recommended for middle-tier applications using Microsoft SQL Server 7.0 or later. Recommended for single-tier applications using Microsoft Data Engine (MSDE) or Microsoft SQL Server 7.0 or later. Recommended over use of the OLE DB Provider for SQL Server (SQLOLEDB) with the .NET Framework Data Provider for OLE DB. For Microsoft SQL Server version 6.5 and earlier, you must use the OLE DB Provider for SQL Server with the .NET Framework Data Provider for OLE DB. .NET Framework Data Provider for OLE DB: Recommended for middle-tier applications using Microsoft SQL Server 6.5 or earlier, or any OLE DB provider. For Microsoft SQL Server 7.0 or later, the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server is recommended. Recommended for single-tier applications using Microsoft Access databases. Use of a Microsoft Access database for a middle-tier application is not recommended. .NET Framework Data Provider for ODBC: Recommended for middle-tier applications using ODBC data sources. Recommended for single-tier applications using ODBC data sources. .NET Framework Data Provider for Oracle: Recommended for middle-tier applications using Oracle data sources. Recommended for single-tier applications using Oracle data sources. Supports Oracle client software version 8.1.7 and later. The .NET Framework Data Provider for Oracle classes are located in the System.Data.OracleClient namespace and are contained in the System.Data.OracleClient.dll assembly. You
need to reference both the System.Data.dll and the System.Data.OracleClient.dll when compiling an application that uses the data provider. Can you explain the difference between an ADO.NET Dataset and an ADO Recordset? Let's have a look at the differences between ADO Recordset and ADO.Net DataSet: 1. Table Collection: ADO Recordset provides the ability to navigate through a single table of information. That table would have been formed with a join of multiple tables and returning columns from multiple tables. ADO.NET DataSet is capable of holding instances of multiple tables. It has got a Table Collection, that holds multiple tables in it. If the tables are having a relation, then it can be manipulated on a Parent-Child relationship. It has the ability to support multiple tables with keys, constraints and interconnected relationships. With this ability the DataSet can be considered as a small, in-memory relational database cache. Navigation: Navigation in ADO Recordset is based on the cursor mode. Even though it is specified to be a client-side Recordset, still the navigation pointer will move from one location to another on cursor model only. ADO.NET DataSet is an entirely offline, in-memory, and cache of data. All of its data is available all the time. At any time, we can retrieve any row or column, constraints or relation simply by accessing it either ordinarily or by retrieving it from a namebased collection. Connectivity Model: The ADO Recordset was originally designed without the ability to operate in a disconnected environment. ADO.NET DataSet is specifically designed to be a disconnected inmemory database. ADO.NET DataSet follows a pure disconnected connectivity model and this gives it much more scalability and versatility in the amount of things it can do and how easily it can do that. Marshalling and Serialization: In COM, through Marshalling, we can pass data from 1 COM component to another component at any time. Marshalling involves copying and processing data so that a complex type can appear to the receiving component the same as it appeared to the sending component. Marshalling is an expensive operation. ADO.NET Dataset and DataTable components support Remoting in the form of XML serialization. Rather than doing expensive Marshalling, it uses XML and sent data across boundaries. Firewalls and DCOM and Remoting: Those who have worked with DCOM know that how difficult it is to marshal a DCOM component across a router. People generally came up with workarounds to solve this issue. ADO.NET DataSet uses Remoting, through which a DataSet / DataTable component can be serialized into XML, sent across the wire to a new AppDomain, and then Desterilized back to a fully functional DataSet. As the DataSet is completely disconnected, and it has no dependency, we lose absolutely nothing by serializing and transferring it through Remoting.
2.
3.
4.
5.
How do you handle data concurrency in .NET ? One of the key features of the ADO.NET DataSet is that it can be a self-contained and disconnected data store. It can contain the schema and data from several rowsets in DataTable objects as well as information about how to relate the DataTable objects-all in memory. The DataSet neither knows nor cares where the data came from, nor does it need a link to an underlying data source. Because it is data source agnostic you can pass the DataSet around networks or even serialize it to XML and pass it across the Internet without losing any of its features. However, in a disconnected model, concurrency obviously becomes a much bigger problem than it is in a connected model.
In this column, I'll explore how ADO.NET is equipped to detect and handle concurrency violations. I'll begin by discussing scenarios in which concurrency violations can occur using the ADO.NET disconnected model. Then I will walk through an ASP.NET application that handles concurrency violations by giving the user the choice to overwrite the changes or to refresh the out-of-sync data and begin editing again. Because part of managing an optimistic concurrency model can involve keeping a timestamp (rowversion) or another type of flag that indicates when a row was last updated, I will show how to implement this type of flag and how to maintain its value after each database update. Is Your Glass Half Full? There are three common techniques for managing what happens when users try to modify the same data at the same time: pessimistic, optimistic, and last-in wins. They each handle concurrency issues differently. The pessimistic approach says: "Nobody can cause a concurrency violation with my data if I do not let them get at the data while I have it." This tactic prevents concurrency in the first place but it limits scalability because it prevents all concurrent access. Pessimistic concurrency generally locks a row from the time it is retrieved until the time updates are flushed to the database. Since this requires a connection to remain open during the entire process, pessimistic concurrency cannot successfully be implemented in a disconnected model like the ADO.NET DataSet, that opens a connection only long enough to populate the DataSet then releases and closes, so a database lock cannot be held. Another technique for dealing with concurrency is the last-in wins approach. This model is pretty straightforward and easy to implement-whatever data modification was made last is what gets written to the database. To implement this technique you only need to put the primary key fields of the row in the UPDATE statement's WHERE clause. No matter what is changed, the UPDATE statement will overwrite the changes with its own changes since all it is looking for is the row that matches the primary key values. Unlike the pessimistic model, the last-in wins approach allows users to read the data while it is being edited on screen. However, problems can occur when users try to modify the same data at the same time because users can overwrite each other's changes without being notified of the collision. The last-in wins approach does not detect or notify the user of violations because it does not care. However the optimistic technique does detect violations. Contd.... In optimistic concurrency models, a row is only locked during the update to the database. Therefore the data can be retrieved and updated by other users at any time other than during the actual row update operation. Optimistic concurrency allows the data to be read simultaneously by multiple users and blocks other users less often than its pessimistic counterpart, making it a good choice for ADO.NET. In optimistic models, it is important to implement some type of concurrency violation detection that will catch any additional attempt to modify records that have already been modified but not committed. You can write your code to handle the violation by always rejecting and canceling the change request or by overwriting the request based on some business rules. Another way to handle the concurrency violation is to let the user decide what to do. The sample application that is shown in Figure 1 illustrates some of the options that can be presented to the user in the event of a concurrency violation. Where Did My Changes Go? When users are likely to overwrite each other's changes, control mechanisms should be put in place. Otherwise, changes could be lost. If the technique you're using is the last-in wins approach, then these types of overwrites are entirely possible.For example, imagine Julie wants to edit an employee's last name
to correct the spelling. She navigates to a screen that loads the employee's information into a DataSet and has it presented to her in a Web page. Meanwhile, Scott is notified that the same employee's phone extension has changed. While Julie is correcting the employee's last name, Scott begins to correct his extension. Julie saves her changes first and then Scott saves his.Assuming that the application uses the last-in wins approach and updates the row using a SQL WHERE clause containing only the primary key's value, and assuming a change to one column requires the entire row to be updated, neither Julie nor Scott may immediatelyrealize the concurrency issue that just occurred. In this specific situation, Julie's changes were overwritten by Scott's changes because he saved last, and the last name reverted to the misspelled version. So as you can see, even though the users changed various fields, their changes collided and caused Julie's changes to be lost. Without some sort of concurrency detection and handling, these types of overwrites can occur and even go unnoticed.When you run the sample application included in this column's download, you should open two separate instances of Microsoft Internet Explorer. When I generated the conflict, I opened two instances to simulate two users with two separate sessions so that a concurrency violation would occur in the sample application. When you do this, be careful not to use Ctrl+N because if you open one instance and then use the Ctrl+N technique to open another instance, both windows will share the same session. Detecting Violations The concurrency violation reported to the user in Figure 1 demonstrates what can happen when multiple users edit the same data at the same time. In Figure 1, the user attempted to modify the first name to "Joe" but since someone else had already modified the last name to "Fuller III," a concurrency violation was detected and reported. ADO.NET detects a concurrency violation when a DataSet containing changed values is passed to a SqlDataAdapter's Update method and no rows are actually modified. Simply using the primary key (in this case the EmployeeID) in the UPDATE statement's WHERE clause will not cause a violation to be detected because it still updates the row (in fact, this technique has the same outcome as the last-in wins technique). Instead, more conditions must be specified in the WHERE clause in order for ADO.NET to detect the violation. The key here is to make the WHERE clause explicit enough so that it not only checks the primary key but that it also checks for another appropriate condition. One way to accomplish this is to pass in all modifiable fields to the WHERE clause in addition to the primary key. For example, the application shown in Figure 1 could have its UPDATE statement look like the Stored Procedure that's shown in Figure 2. Notice that in the code in Figure 2 nullable columns are also checked to see if the value passed in is NULL. This technique is not only messy but it can be difficult to maintain by hand and it requires you to test for a significant number of WHERE conditions just to update a row. This yields the desired result of only updating rows where none of the values have changed since the last time the user got the data, but there are other techniques that do not require such a huge WHERE clause. Another way to ensure that the row is only updated if it has not been modified by another user since you got the data is to add a timestamp column to the table. The SQL Server(tm) TIMESTAMP datatype automatically updates itself with a new value every time a value in its row is modified. This makes it a very simple and convenient tool to help detect concurrency violations. A third technique is to use a DATETIME column in which to track changes to its row. In my sample
application I added a column called LastUpdateDateTime to the Employees table. ALTER TABLE Employees ADD LastUpdateDateTime DATETIME There I update the value of the LastUpdateDateTime field automatically in the UPDATE Stored Procedure using the built-in SQL Server GETDATE function. The binary TIMESTAMP column is simple to create and use since it automatically regenerates its value each time its row is modified, but since the DATETIME column technique is easier to display on screen and demonstrate when the change was made, I chose it for my sample application. Both of these are solid choices, but I prefer the TIMESTAMP technique since it does not involve any additional code to update its value. Retrieving Row Flags One of the keys to implementing concurrency controls is to update the timestamp or datetime field's value back into the DataSet. If the same user wants to make more modifications, this updated value is reflected in the DataSet so it can be used again. There are a few various ways to do this. The fastest is using output parameters within the Stored Procedure. (This should only return if @@ROWCOUNT equals 1.) The next fastest involves selecting the row again after the UPDATE within the Stored Procedure. The slowest involves selecting the row from another SQL statement or Stored Procedure from the SqlDataAdapter's RowUpdated event. I prefer to use the output parameter technique since it is the fastest and incurs the least overhead. Using the RowUpdated event works well, but it requires me to make a second call from the application to the database. The following code snippet adds an output parameter to the SqlCommand object that is used to update the Employee information: oUpdCmd.Parameters.Add(new SqlParameter("@NewLastUpdateDateTime", SqlDbType.DateTime, 8, ParameterDirection.Output, false, 0, 0, "LastUpdateDateTime", DataRowVersion.Current, null)); oUpdCmd.UpdatedRowSource = UpdateRowSource.OutputParameters; The output parameter has its sourcecolumn and sourceversion arguments set to point the output parameter's return value back to the current value of the LastUpdateDateTime column of the DataSet. This way the updated DATETIME value is retrieved and can be returned to the user's .aspx page. Contd.... Saving Changes Now that the Employees table has the tracking field (LastUpdateDateTime) and the Stored Procedure has been created to use both the primary key and the tracking field in the WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement, let's have a look at the role of ADO.NET. In order to trap the event when the user changes the values in the textboxes, I created an event handler for the TextChanged event for each TextBox control: private void txtLastName_TextChanged(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { // Get the employee DataRow (there is only 1 row, otherwise I could // do a Find)
dsEmployee.EmployeeRow oEmpRow = (dsEmployee.EmployeeRow)oDsEmployee.Employee.Rows[0]; oEmpRow.LastName = txtLastName.Text; // Save changes back to Session Session["oDsEmployee"] = oDsEmployee; } This event retrieves the row and sets the appropriate field's value from the TextBox. (Another way of getting the changed values is to grab them when the user clicks the Save button.) Each TextChanged event executes after the Page_Load event fires on a postback, so assuming the user changed the first and last names, when the user clicks the Save button, the events could fire in this order: Page_Load, txtFirstName_TextChanged, txtLastName_TextChanged, and btnSave_Click. The Page_Load event grabs the row from the DataSet in the Session object; the TextChanged events update the DataRow with the new values; and the btnSave_Click event attempts to save the record to the database. The btnSave_Click event calls the SaveEmployee method (shown in Figure 3) and passes it a bLastInWins value of false since we want to attempt a standard save first. If the SaveEmployee method detects that changes were made to the row (using the HasChanges method on the DataSet, or alternatively using the RowState property on the row), it creates an instance of the Employee class and passes the DataSet to its SaveEmployee method. The Employee class could live in a logical or physical middle tier. (I wanted to make this a separate class so it would be easy to pull the code out and separate it from the presentation logic.) Notice that I did not use the GetChanges method to pull out only the modified rows and pass them to the Employee object's Save method. I skipped this step here since there is only one row. However, if there were multiple rows in the DataSet's DataTable, it would be better to use the GetChanges method to create a DataSet that contains only the modified rows. If the save succeeds, the Employee.SaveEmployee method returns a DataSet containing the modified row and its newly updated row version flag (in this case, the LastUpdateDateTime field's value). This DataSet is then merged into the original DataSet so that the LastUpdateDateTime field's value can be updated in the original DataSet. This must be done because if the user wants to make more changes she will need the current values from the database merged back into the local DataSet and shown on screen. This includes the LastUpdateDateTime value that is used in the WHERE clause. Without this field's current value, a false concurrency violation would occur. Reporting Violations If a concurrency violation occurs, it will bubble up and be caught by the exception handler shown in Figure 3 in the catch block for DBConcurrencyException. This block calls the FillConcurrencyValues method, that displays both the original values in the DataSet that were attempted to be saved to the database and the values currently in the database. This method is used merely to show the user why the violation occurred. Notice that the exDBC variable is passed to the FillConcurrencyValues method. This instance of the special database concurrency exception class (DBConcurrencyException) contains the row where the violation occurred. When a concurrency violation occurs, the screen is updated to look like Figure 1. The DataSet not only stores the schema and the current data, it also tracks changes that have been made
to its data. It knows which rows and columns have been modified and it keeps track of the before and after versions of these values. When accessing a column's value via the DataRow's indexer, in addition to the column index you can also specify a value using the DataRowVersion enumerator. For example, after a user changes the value of the last name of an employee, the following lines of C# code will retrieve the original and current values stored in the LastName column: string sLastName_Before = oEmpRow["LastName", DataRowVersion.Original]; string sLastName_After = oEmpRow["LastName", DataRowVersion.Current]; The FillConcurrencyValues method uses the row from the DBConcurrencyException and gets a fresh copy of the same row from the database. It then displays the values using the DataRowVersion enumerators to show the original value of the row before the update and the value in the database alongside the current values in the textboxes. User's Choice Once the user has been notified of the concurrency issue, you could leave it up to her to decide how to handle it. Another alternative is to code a specific way to deal with concurrency, such as always handling the exception to let the user know (but refreshing the data from the database). In this sample application I let the user decide what to do next. She can either cancel changes, cancel and reload from the database, save changes, or save anyway. The option to cancel changes simply calls the RejectChanges method of the DataSet and rebinds the DataSet to the controls in the ASP.NET page. The RejectChanges method reverts the changes that the user made back to its original state by setting all of the current field values to the original field values. The option to cancel changes and reload the data from the database also rejects the changes but additionally goes back to the database via the Employee class in order to get a fresh copy of the data before rebinding to the control on the ASP.NET page. The option to save changes attempts to save the changes but will fail if a concurrency violation is encountered. Finally, I included a "save anyway" option. This option takes the values the user attempted to save and uses the last-in wins technique, overwriting whatever is in the database. It does this by calling a different command object associated with a Stored Procedure that only uses the primary key field (EmployeeID) in the WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement. This technique should be used with caution as it will overwrite the record. If you want a more automatic way of dealing with the changes, you could get a fresh copy from the database. Then overwrite just the fields that the current user modified, such as the Extension field. That way, in the example I used the proper LastName would not be overwritten. Use this with caution as well, however, because if the same field was modified by both users, you may want to just back out or ask the user what to do next. What is obvious here is that there are several ways to deal with concurrency violations, each of which must be carefully weighed before you decide on the one you will use in your application. Wrapping It Up Setting the SqlDataAdapter's ContinueUpdateOnError property tells the SqlDataAdapter to either throw an exception when a concurrency violation occurs or to skip the row that caused the violation and to continue with the remaining updates. By setting this property to false (its default value), it will throw an
exception when it encounters a concurrency violation. This technique is ideal when only saving a single row or when you are attempting to save multiple rows and want them all to commit or all to fail. I have split the topic of concurrency violation management into two parts. Next time I will focus on what to do when multiple rows could cause concurrency violations. I will also discuss how the DataViewRowState enumerators can be used to show what changes have been made to a DataSet. How you will set the datarelation between two columns? ADO.NET provides DataRelation object to set relation between two columns.It helps to enforce the following constraints,a unique constraint, that guarantees that a column in the table contains no duplicates and a foreign-key constraint,that can be used to maintain referential integrity.A unique constraint is implemented either by simply setting the Unique property of a data column to true, or by adding an instance of the UniqueConstraint class to the DataRelation object's ParentKeyConstraint. As part of the foreign-key constraint, you can specify referential integrity rules that are applied at three points,when a parent record is updated,when a parent record is deleted and when a change is accepted or rejected. WebServices And Windows Services Can you give an example of when it would be appropriate to use a web service as opposed to nonserviced .NET component Web service is one of main component in Service Oriented Architecture. You could use web services when your clients and servers are running on different networks and also different platforms. This provides a loosely coupled system. And also if the client is behind the firewall it would be easy to use web service since it runs on port 80 (by default) instead of having some thing else in Service Oriented Architecture applications. What is the standard you use to wrap up a call to a Web service "SOAP. " What is the transport protocol you use to call a Web service SOAP HTTP with SOAP What does WSDL stand for? "WSDL stands for Web Services Dsescription Langauge. There is WSDL.exe that creates a .wsdl Files that defines how an XML Web service behaves and instructs clients as to how to interact with the service. eg: wsdl http://LocalHost/WebServiceName.asmx" Where on the Internet would you look for Web Services? www.uddi.org What does WSDL stand for?
Web Services Description Language True or False: To test a Web service you must create a windows application or Web application to consume this service? False. What are the various ways of accessing a web service ? 1. Asynchronous Call Application can make a call to the Webservice and then continue todo watever oit wants to do.When the service is ready it will notify the application.Application can use BEGIN and END method to make asynchronous call to the webmethod.We can use either a WaitHandle or a Delegate object when making asynchronous call. The WaitHandle class share resources between several objects. It provides several methods that will wait for the resources to become available The easiest and most powerful way to to implement an asynchronous call is using a delegate object. A delegate object wraps up a callback function. The idea is to pass a method in the invocation of the web method. When the webmethod has finished it will call this callback function to process the result 2. Synchronous Call Application has to wait until execution has completed. Note: Few of the references are taken from other sites/sources What are VSDISCO files? VSDISCO files are DISCO files that support dynamic discovery of Web services. If you place the following VSDISCO file in a directory on your Web server, for example, it returns references to all ASMX and DISCO files in the host directory and any subdirectories not noted in <EXCLUDE>elements: <DYNAMICDISCOVERY xmlns="urn:schemas-dynamicdiscovery:disco.2000-03-17"> <EXCLUDE path="_vti_cnf" /> <EXCLUDE path="_vti_pvt" /> <EXCLUDE path="_vti_log" /> <EXCLUDE path="_vti_script" /> <EXCLUDE path="_vti_txt" /> </DYNAMICDISCOVERY> How does dynamic discovery work? ASP.NET maps the file name extension VSDISCO to an HTTP handler that scans the host directory and subdirectories for ASMX and DISCO files and returns a dynamically generated DISCO document. A client who requests a VSDISCO file gets back what appears to be a static DISCO document.
Note that VSDISCO files are disabled in the release version of ASP.NET. You can reenable them by uncommenting the line in the <HTTPHANDLERS>section of Machine.config that maps *.vsdisco to System.Web.Services.Discovery.DiscoveryRequestHandler and granting the ASPNET user account permission to read the IIS metabase. However, Microsoft is actively discouraging the use of VSDISCO files because they could represent a threat to Web server security. Is it possible to prevent a browser from caching an ASPX page? Just call SetNoStore on the HttpCachePolicy object exposed through the Response object's Cache property, as demonstrated here: <%@ Page Language="C#" %> <% Response.Cache.SetNoStore (); Response.Write (DateTime.Now.ToLongTimeString ()); %> SetNoStore works by returning a Cache-Control: private, no-store header in the HTTP response. In this example, it prevents caching of a Web page that shows the current time. What does AspCompat="true" mean and when should I use it? AspCompat is an aid in migrating ASP pages to ASPX pages. It defaults to false but should be set to true in any ASPX file that creates apartment-threaded COM objects--that is, COM objects registered ThreadingModel=Apartment. That includes all COM objects written with Visual Basic 6.0. AspCompat should also be set to true (regardless of threading model) if the page creates COM objects that access intrinsic ASP objects such as Request and Response. The following directive sets AspCompat to true: <%@ Page AspCompat="true" %> Setting AspCompat to true does two things. First, it makes intrinsic ASP objects available to the COM components by placing unmanaged wrappers around the equivalent ASP.NET objects. Second, it improves the performance of calls that the page places to apartment- threaded COM objects by ensuring that the page (actually, the thread that processes the request for the page) and the COM objects it creates share an apartment. AspCompat="true" forces ASP.NET request threads into single-threaded apartments (STAs). If those threads create COM objects marked ThreadingModel=Apartment, then the objects are created in the same STAs as the threads that created them. Without AspCompat="true," request threads run in a multithreaded apartment (MTA) and each call to an STA-based COM object incurs a performance hit when it's marshaled across apartment boundaries. Do not set AspCompat to true if your page uses no COM objects or if it uses COM objects that don't access ASP intrinsic objects and that are registered ThreadingModel=Free or ThreadingModel=Both. Can two different programming languages be mixed in a single ASMX file? No. What namespaces are imported by default in ASMX files?
The following namespaces are imported by default. Other namespaces must be imported manu ally. System, System.Collections,System.ComponentModel,System.Data, System.Diagnostics,System.Web,System.Web.Services How do I provide information to the Web Service when the information is required as a SOAP Header? The key here is the Web Service proxy you created using wsdl.exe or through Visual Studio .NET's Add Web Reference menu option. If you happen to download a WSDL file for a Web Service that requires a SOAP header, .NET will create a SoapHeader class in the proxy source file. Using the previous example: public class Service1 : System.Web.Services.Protocols.SoapHttpClientProtocol { public AuthToken AuthTokenValue; [System.Xml.Serialization.XmlRootAttribute(Namespace = "http://tempuri.org/", IsNullable = false)] public class AuthToken : SoapHeader { public string Token; } } In this case, when you create an instance of the proxy in your main application file, you'll also create an instance of the AuthToken class and assign the string: Service1 objSvc = new Service1(); processingobjSvc.AuthTokenValue = new AuthToken(); objSvc.AuthTokenValue.Token = <ACTUAL token value>; Web Servicestring strResult = objSvc.MyBillableWebMethod(); What is WSDL? WSDL is the Web Service Description Language, and it is implemented as a specific XML vocabulary. While it's very much more complex than what can be described here, there are two important aspects to WSDL with which you should be aware. First, WSDL provides instructions to consumers of Web Services to describe the layout and contents of the SOAP packets the Web Service intends to issue. It's an interface description document, of sorts. And second, it isn't intended that you read and interpret the WSDL. Rather, WSDL should be processed by machine, typically to generate proxy source code (.NET) or create dynamic proxies on the fly (the SOAP Toolkit or Web Service Behavior). What is a Windows Service and how does its lifecycle differ from a "standard" EXE? Windows service is a application that runs in the background. It is equivalent to a NT service. The executable created is not a Windows application, and hence you can't just click and run it . it needs to be installed as a service, VB.Net has a facility where we can add an installer to our program and then use a utility to install the service. Where as this is not the case with standard exe How can a win service developed in .NET be installed or used in Win98? Windows service cannot be installed on Win9x machines even though the .NET framework runs on machine.
Can you debug a Windows Service? How ? Yes we can debug a Windows Service. Attach the WinDbg debugger to a service after the service starts This method is similar to the method that you can use to attach a debugger to a process and then debug a process. Use the process ID of the process that hosts the service that you want to debug 1. To determine the process ID (PID) of the process that hosts the service that you want to debug, use one of the following methods. Method 1: Use the Task Manager Right-click the Taskbar, and then click Task Manager. The Windows Task Manager dialog box appears. Click the Processes tab of the Windows Task Manager dialog box. Under Image Name, click the image name of the process that hosts the service that you want to debug. Note the process ID of this process as specified by the value of the corresponding PID field.
Method 2: Use the Task List Utility (tlist.exe) Click Start, and then click Run. The Run dialog box appears. In the Open box, type cmd, and then click OK. At the command prompt, change the directory path to reflect the location of the tlist.exe file on your computer Note: The tlist.exe file is typically located in the following directory: C:\Program Files\Debugging Tools for Windows d. At the command prompt, type tlist to list the image names and the process IDs of all processes that are currently running on your computer.
Note Make a note of the process ID of the process that hosts the service that you want to debug. 2. At a command prompt, change the directory path to reflect the location of the windbg.exe file on your computer. Note: If a command prompt is not open, follow steps a and b of Method 1. The windbg.exe file is typically located in the following directory: C:\Program Files\Debugging Tools for Windows. 3. At the command prompt, type windbg p ProcessID to attach the WinDbg debugger to the process that hosts the service that you want to debug.
Note ProcessID is a placeholder for the process ID of the process that hosts the service that you want to debug. Use the image name of the process that hosts the service that you want to debug You can use this method only if there is exactly one running instance of the process that hosts the service that you want to run. To do this, follow these steps: 1. 2. 3. Click Start, and then click Run. The Run dialog box appears. In the Open box, type cmd, and then click OK to open a command prompt. At the command prompt, change the directory path to reflect the location of the windbg.exe file on your computer.
Note: The windbg.exe file is typically located in the following directory: C:\Program Files\Debugging Tools for Windows. 4. At the command prompt, type windbg pn ImageName to attach the WinDbg debugger to the process that hosts the service that you want to debug. NoteImageName is a placeholder for the image name of the process that hosts the service that you want to debug. The "-pn" command-line option specifies that the ImageName command-line argument is the image name of a process. back to the top Start the WinDbg debugger and attach to the process that hosts the service that you want to debug 1. 2. Start Windows Explorer. Locate the windbg.exe file on your computer. Note: The windbg.exe file is typically located in the following directory: C:\Program Files\Debugging Tools for Windows 3. 4. 5. 6. Run the windbg.exe file to start the WinDbg debugger. On the File menu, click Attach to a Process to display the Attach to Process dialog box. Click to select the node that corresponds to the process that hosts the service that you want to debug, and then click OK. In the dialog box that appears, click Yes to save base workspace information. Notice that you can now debug the disassembled code of your service.
Configure a service to start with the WinDbg debugger attached You can use this method to debug services if you want to troubleshoot service-startup-related problems. 1. Configure the "Image File Execution" options. To do this, use one of the following methods: Method 1: Use the Global Flags Editor (gflags.exe)
Start Windows Explorer. Locate the gflags.exe file on your computer. Note: The gflags.exe file is typically located in the following directory: C:\Program Files\Debugging Tools for Windows.
Run the gflags.exe file to start the Global Flags Editor. In the Image File Name text box, type the image name of the process that hosts the service that you want to debug. For example, if you want to debug a service that is hosted by a process that has MyService.exe as the image name, type MyService.exe. Under Destination, click to select the Image File Options option. Under Image Debugger Options, click to select the Debugger check box. In the Debugger text box, type the full path of the debugger that you want to use. For example, if you want to use the WinDbg debugger to debug a service, you can type a full path that is similar to the following: C:\Program Files\Debugging Tools for Windows\windbg.exe Click Apply, and then click OK to quit the Global Flags Editor.
Method 2: Use Registry Editor Click Start, and then click Run. The Run dialog box appears. In the Open box, type regedit, and then click OK to start Registry Editor. Warning If you use Registry Editor incorrectly, you may cause serious problems that may require you to reinstall your operating system. Microsoft cannot guarantee that you can solve problems that result from using Registry Editor incorrectly. Use Registry Editor at your own risk. In Registry Editor, locate, and then right-click the following registry subkey: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\Image File Execution Options Point to New, and then click Key. In the left pane of Registry Editor, notice that New Key #1 (the name of a new registry subkey) is selected for editing. Type ImageName to replace New Key #1, and then press ENTER. Note ImageName is a placeholder for the image name of the process that hosts the service that you want to debug. For example, if you want to debug a service that is hosted by a process that has MyService.exe as the image name, type MyService.exe. Right-click the registry subkey that you created in step e. Point to New, and then click String Value. In the right pane of Registry Editor, notice that New Value #1, the name of a new registry entry, is selected for editing. Replace New Value #1 with Debugger, and then press ENTER. Right-click the Debugger registry entry that you created in step h, and then click Modify. The Edit String dialog box appears. In the Value data text box, type DebuggerPath, and then click OK. Note: DebuggerPath is a placeholder for the full path of the debugger that you want to use. For example, if you want to use the WinDbg debugger to debug a service, you can type a full path that is similar to the following: C:\Program Files\Debugging Tools for Windows\windbg.exe
2. For the debugger window to appear on your Desktop, and to interact with the debugger, make your service interactive. If you do not make your service interactive, the debugger will start but you cannot see it and you cannot issue commands. To make your service interactive, use one of the following methods: Method 1: Use the Services console Click Start, and then point to Programs. On the Programs menu, point to Administrative Tools, and then click Services. The Services console appears. In the right pane of the Services console, right-click ServiceName, and then click Properties. Note: ServiceName is a placeholder for the name of the service that you want to debug. On the Log On tab, click to select the Allow service to interact with Desktop check box under Local System account, and then click OK.
Method 2: Use Registry Editor In Registry Editor, locate, and then click the following registry subkey: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\ServiceName Note Replace ServiceName with the name of the service that you want to debug. For example, if you want to debug a service named MyService, locate and then click the following registry key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\MyService Under the Name field in the right pane of Registry Editor, right-click Type, and then click Modify. The Edit DWORD Value dialog box appears. Change the text in the Value data text box to the result of the binary OR operation with the binary value of the current text and the binary value, 0x00000100, as the two operands. The binary value, 0x00000100, corresponds to the SERVICE_INTERACTIVE_PROCESS constant that is defined in the WinNT.h header file on your computer. This constant specifies that a service is interactive in nature.
3. When a service starts, the service communicates to the Service Control Manager how long the service must need to start (the time-out period for the service). If the Service Control Manager does not receive a "service started" notice from the service within this time-out period, the Service Control Manager terminates the process that hosts the service. This time-out period is typically less than 30 seconds. If you do not adjust this time-out period, the Service Control Manager ends the process and the attached debugger while you are trying to debug. To adjust this time-out period, follow these steps: In Registry Editor, locate, and then right-click the following registry subkey: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control Point to New, and then click DWORD Value. In the right pane of Registry Editor, notice that New Value #1 (the name of a new registry entry) is selected for editing. Type ServicesPipeTimeout to replace New Value #1, and then press ENTER.
Right-click the ServicesPipeTimeout registry entry that you created in step c, and then click Modify. The Edit DWORD Value dialog box appears. In the Value data text box, type TimeoutPeriod, and then click OK Note: TimeoutPeriod is a placeholder for the value of the time-out period (in milliseconds) that you want to set for the service. For example, if you want to set the time-out period to 24 hours (86400000 milliseconds), type 86400000.
Restart the computer. You must restart the computer for Service Control Manager to apply this change.
4. Start your Windows service. To do this, follow these steps: Click Start, and then point to Programs. On the Programs menu, point to Administrative Tools, and then click Services. The Services console appears. In the right pane of the Services console, right-click ServiceName, and then click Start. Note: ServiceName is a placeholder for the name of the service that you want to debug. Note: Few of the references are taken from other sites/sources Conclusion Now we have a many question at one single place and we can brush-up anytime when we need to. Note: Some Contents are copied from various Interview Websites.
1. What is the difference between an abstract class and interfaces? Probably "Difference Between abstract Class and Interface" is the most frequent question being asked in the .Net world. In this tutorial, I will explain the differences theoretically followed by code snippets. Theoretically there are basically 5 differences between Abstract Classes and Interfaces as listed below. 1. 2. 3. A class can implement any number of interfaces but a subclass can at most use only one abstract class. An abstract class can have non-abstract methods (concrete methods) whereas all methods of interfaces must be abstract. An abstract class can declare or use any variables whereas an interface is not allowed to do so. The following code compiles properly since no field declaration is in the interface. interface TestInterface { int x = 4; // Filed Declaration in Interface void getMethod();
string getName(); } abstract class TestAbstractClass { int i = 4; int k = 3; public abstract void getClassName(); } It will generate a compile time error as: Error1- Interfaces cannot contain fields. So we need to omit the Field Declaration to compile the code properly. interface TestInterface { void getMethod(); string getName(); } abstract class TestAbstractClass { int i = 4; int k = 3; public abstract void getClassName(); }
4.
An abstract class can have a constructor declaration whereas an interface cannot. So the following code will not compile: interface TestInterface { // Constructor Declaration public TestInterface() { } void getMethod(); string getName(); } abstract class TestAbstractClass { public TestAbstractClass() { }
int i = 4; int k = 3; public abstract void getClassName(); } The code above will generate the compile time error: Error 1-Interfaces cannot contain constructors So we need to omit the constructor declaration from the interface to compile our code. The following code compiles perfectly: interface TestInterface { void getMethod(); string getName(); } abstract class TestAbstractClass { public TestAbstractClass() { } int i = 4; int k = 3; public abstract void getClassName(); } 5. An abstract class is allowed to have all access modifiers for all of its member declarations whereas in an interface we cannot declare any access modifier (including public) since all the members of an interface are implicitly public. Note: here I am talking about the access specifiers of the member of interfaces and not about the interface. The following code will explain it better. It is perfectly legal to provide an access specifier as Public (remember only public is allowed). public interface TestInterface { void getMethod(); string getName(); } The code above compiles perfectly.
It is not allowed to provide any access specifier to the members of the interface. interface TestInterface { public void getMethod(); public string getName(); } The code above will generate the compile time error: Error 1: The modifier 'public' is not valid for this item. But the best way of declaring an interface will be to avoid access specifiers on interfaces as well as members of interfaces. interface Test { void getMethod(); string getName(); } 2. What is the difference between overriding and overloading? Overloading In this approach we can define multiple methods with the same name changing their signature. In other words different parameters This can be performed within a class as well as within a child class Doesn't require any permission from the parent for overloading its method in the child
Overriding It is an approach of defining multiple methods with the same name and the same signature This can be performed only under child classes Requires an explicit permission from the parent to override its methods in the child
3. String Builder and String class String A string is a sequential collection of Unicode characters that represent text. String is a class that belongs to the namespace System.String. String concatenation can be done using the '+' opearator or the String.Concat method. The String.Concat method concatenates one or more instances of a String. Sample code
string string1 = "Today is " + DateTime.Now.ToString ("D") + "."; Console.WriteLine (string1); string string2 = "Hi " + "This is Jitendra "; string2 += "SampathiRao."; Console.WriteLine(string2); StringBuilder StringBuilder is a class that belongs to the namespace System.Text. This class cannot be inherited. In StringBuilder we use the Append () method. Sample code StringBuilder number = new StringBuilder (10000); for (int i = 0; i<1000; i++) { returnNumber.Append (i.ToString ()); } So where do we use these classes? The answer is for simple String manipulations we can use the String class. But when there are more string manipulations it is better to use the StringBuilder class. Why is the StringBuilder class better for more string manipulations instead of the String class? The String object is immutable. Every time you use one of the methods in the System.String class, you create a new string object in memory, that requires a new allocation of space for that new object. In situations where you need to perform repeated modifications to a string, the overhead associated with creating a new String object can be costly. The performance of the application might be degraded. So we use StringBuilder in such cases. A StringBuilder object is mutable. The System.Text.StringBuilder class can be used when you want to modify a string without creating a new object. For example, using the StringBuilder class can boost performance when concatenating many strings together in a loop. Differences between String and StringBuilder It belongs to String namespace String object is immutable Assigning: StringBuilder sbuild= new StringBuilder("something important"); We can use the '+' operator or Concat method to It belongs to String.Text namespace StringBuilder object is mutable Assigning: String s= "something important"; We use the Append method.
concatenate the strings. When string concatenation is done, additional memory will be allocated. Here additional memory will only be allocated when the string buffer capacity is exceeded.
4. What is the difference between array and array list? Mirosoft.Net has many namespaces for many purposes. Among them the System.Collections is a very important namespace in the programmer's perceptive. While coding, we look for classes that can reduce manual operation. For instance if you want to sort the values in an array then you need to do the manual operations. Here obviously we look for the classes that can automate the sorting by just calling a method. In other words we can call this namespace as a utility namespace. Let us see the classes in this namespace. Collection Classes The System.Collections namespace has many classes for the individual purpose. We will discuss the frequently used classes in this article. ArrayList BitArray Stack Queue Comparer HashTable SortedList
ArrayList The ArrayList is one of the important classes in the System.Collection namespace. We can say it is the next generation of the Array in C#. ArrayList is a dynamic array; it will increase the size of the storage location as required. It stores the value as an object. The allocation of the ArrayList can be done through the TrimToSize property. Methods 1 Add 2 AddRange 3 Clear 4 BinarySearch 5 Insert 6 InsertRange 7 Remove 8 RemoveAt 10 Sort 11 Reverse It will add the element as object in the ArrayList It will add the collections of elements in the object as individual objects in the ArrayList It will clear the all objects in the ArrayList It will return the position of the search object as integer value. It will insert the element in the specified location of the index in the ArrayList. It will insert the elements in the object as individual objects in the specified location. It will remove the given object in the first occurrence in the ArrayList. It will remove the object as specified in the argument. It will sort the elements in ascending order. It will arrange the elements in the reverse order in the ArrayList.
9 RemoveRange It will remove the set of objects in the ArrayList from the range specified.
12 GetEnumerator It will return the collection of objects in the ArrayList as an enumerator. 13 Contains It checks whether the objects exist.
Properties in the ArrayList S.No 1 2 3 4 Property Name Capcity Count IsFixedSize IsReadOnly Description This property sets or gets the size of the ArrayList. As you know it will increase the size of the storage as much as required. The default size will be 16. It returns the total number of elements in the ArrayList. It returns whether the ArrayList is fixed in size. It returns a Boolean value. It returns whether the ArrayList is Readyonly. It returns a Boolean value.
Advantages An ArrayList is not a specific data type storage location, it stores everything as an object. No need to do allocation and deallocation explicitly to store the data. It has explicit sorting methods. It can insert and delete the elements between positions in the ArrayList. It can store the object as elements.
Disadvantages ArrayList is not strongly typed. Type casting is necessary when retrieving the content. When we do the type casting every time, it affects performance. It uses the LinkedList storage approach, because if you insert or delete the specific position then it must adjust forward/backward in the storage address. Sometimes it leads to a runtime error. Consider an example in which we store the ids of the employee in the arraylist and then we want to retrieve the element for some other operations. Obviously we need to do type casting and when there is a string element then what will happen? It will throw the error.
Differences between Array and ArrayList Array Array uses the Vector array to store the elements Size of the Array must be defined until redim is used (vb) Array is a specific data type storage No need to do the type casting It will not lead to Runtime exception ArrayList ArrayList uses the LinkedList to store the elements. No need to specify the storage size. ArrayList can store everything as an object. Type casting must be done every time. It leads to a run time error exception.
Element cannot be inserted or deleted in Elements can be inserted and deleted.
between. There are no built-in members to do ascending or descending. Conclusion So far we have seen the ArrayList and its members and properties. I hope that this has provided enough of a practical idea about ArrayList. Next we will discuss the BitArray in the same collection class. If you have any queries or further clarifications about ArrayList then please free to post your feedback and corrections. 5. What are cursors and constraints ? Cursors A cursor is a database object that helps in accessing and manipulating data in a given result set.The main advantage of cursors is that you can process data row-by-row. A result set is defined as a collection of rows obtained from a SELECT statement that meet the criteria specified in the WHERE clause. Cursors, therefore, serve as a mechanism for applications to operate on a single row or a set of rows. Cursors enable the processing of rows in the given result set in the following ways: 1. 2. 3. 4. Allow specific rows to be retrieved from the result set. Allow the current row in the result set to be modified. Help navigate from the current row in the result set to a different row. Allow data modified by other users to be visible in the result set. Declare the cursor Initialize the cursor Open the cursor Fetch each row until the status is 0 close the cursor deallocate the cursor An ArrayList has many methods to do operations like Sort, Insert, Remove, BinarySeacrh and so on.
/* Create two variables that would store the values returned by the fetch statement */ DECLARE @DepartmentName char(25) DECLARE @DepartmentHead char(25) /* Define the cursor that can be used to access the records of the table,row by row */ DECLARE curDepartment cursor for SELECT vDepartmentName,vDepartmentHead from Department -- Open the cursor
OPEN curDepartment -- Fetch the rows into variables FETCH curDepartment into @DepartmentName,@DepartmentHead --Start a loop to display all the rows of the cursor WHILE(@@fetch_status=0) BEGIN Print 'Department Name =' + @DepartmentName Print 'Department Head =' + @DepartmentHead --Fetch the next row from the cursor FETCH curDepartment into @DepartmentName,@DepartmentHead END -- Close the cursor CLOSE curDepartment -- Deallocate the cursor DEALLOCATE curDepartment The following are various types of cursors available in SQL Server 2005: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Base table Static Forward-only Forward-only/Read-only Keyset-driven
Base table: Base table cursors are the lowest level of cursor available. Base table cursors can scroll forward or backward with minimal cost, and can be updated Static: Cursors can move to any record but the changes on the data can't be seen. Dynamic: Most resource-intensive. Cursors can move anywhere and all the changes on the data can be viewed. Forward-only: The cursor moves forward but can't move backward. Keyset-driven: Only updated data can be viewed, deleted and inserted data cannot be viewed. Constraint SQL Constraints SQL constraints are used to specify rules for the data in a table. If there is any violation between the constraint and the data action, the action is aborted by the constraint. Constraints can be specified when the table is created (inside the CREATE TABLE statement) or after the table is created (inside the ALTER TABLE statement).
SQL CREATE TABLE + CONSTRAINT Syntax: CREATE TABLE table_name ( column_name1 data_type(size) constraint_name, column_name2 data_type(size) constraint_name, column_name3 data_type(size) constraint_name, .... ); In SQL, we have the following constraints: NOT NULL: Indicates that a column cannot store a NULL value UNIQUE: Ensures that each row for a column must have a unique value PRIMARY KEY: A combination of a NOT NULL and UNIQUE. Ensures that a column (or combination of two or more columns) have a unique identity that helps to find a specific record in a table more easily and quickly FOREIGN KEY: Ensures the referential integrity of the data in one table to match values in another table CHECK: Ensures that the value in a column meets a specific condition DEFAULT: Specifies a default value when none is specified for this column
6. What are the differences among foreign, primary, and unique keys While unique and primary keys both enforce uniqueness on the column(s) of one table, foreign keys define a relationship between two tables. A foreign key identifies a column or group of columns in one (referencing) table that refers to a column or group of columns in another (referenced) table; in our example above, the Employee table is the referenced table and the Employee Salary table is the referencing table. 7. Difference Between SCOPE_IDENTITY() and @@IDENTITY @@IDENTITY: Returns the last identity values that were generated in any table in the current session. @@IDENTITY is not limited to a specific scope. SCOPE_IDENTITY(): Returns the last identity values that are generated in any table in the current session. SCOPE_IDENTITY returns values inserted only within the current scope. 8. Delegates and Events The delegate topic seems to be confusing and tough for most developers. This article explains the basics of delegates and event handling in C# in a simple manner. A delegate is one of the base types in .NET. Delegate is a class to create delegates at runtime. A delegate in C# is similar to a function pointer in C or C++. It's a new type of object in C#. A delegate is a very special type of object since earlier the entire the object was used to defined contained data but a delegate just contains the details of a method.
The need for delegates There might be a situation in which you want to pass methods around to other methods. For this purpose we create delegates. A delegate is a class that encapsulates a method signature. Although it can be used in any context, it often serves as the basis for the event-handling model in C# but can be used in a context removed from event handling (for example passing a method to a method through a delegate parameter). One good way of understanding delegates is by thinking of a delegate as something that gives a name to a method signature. Example public delegate int DelegateMethod(int x, int y); Any method that matches the delegate's signature, that consists of the return type and parameters, can be assigned to the delegate. This makes is possible to programmatically change method calls, and also plug new code into existing classes. As long as you know the delegate's signature, you can assign your own-delegated method. This ability to refer to a method as a parameter makes delegates ideal for defining callback methods. Delegate magic In a class we create its object, that is an instance, but in a delegate when we create an instance it is also referred to as a delegate (in other words whatever you do, you will get a delegate). A delegate does not know or care about the class of the object that it references. Any object will do; all that matters is that the method's argument types and return type match the delegate's. This makes delegates perfectly suited for "anonymous" invocation. Benefit of delegates In simple words delegates are object oriented and type-safe and very secure since they ensure that the signature of the method being called is correct. Delegates help in code optimization. Types of delegates 1. 2. Singlecast delegates Multiplecast delegates
A delegate is a class. Any delegate is inherited from the base delegate class of the .NET class library when it is declared. This can be from either of the two classes System.Delegate or System.MulticastDelegate. Singlecast delegate a Singlecast delegate points to a single method at a time. In this the delegate is assigned to a single
method at a time. They are derived from the System.Delegate class. Multicast Delegate When a delegate is wrapped with more than one method then that is known as a multicast delegate. In C#, delegates are multicast, which means that they can point to more than one function at a time. They are derived from the System.MulticastDelegate class. There are three steps in defining and using delegates: 1. Declaration To create a delegate, you use the delegate keyword. [attributes] [modifiers] delegate ReturnType Name ([formal-parameters]); The attributes factor can be a normal C# attribute. The modifier can be one, or an appropriate combination, of the following keywords: new, public, private, protected, or internal. The ReturnType can be any of the data types we have used so far. It can also be a type void or the name of a class. "Name" must be a valid C# name. Because a delegate is some type of a template for a method, you must use parentheses, required for every method. If this method will not take any arguments then leave the parentheses empty. Example public delegate void DelegateExample(); The code piece defines a delegate DelegateExample() that has a void return type and accepts no parameters. 2. Instantiation DelegateExample d1 = new DelegateExample(Display); The preceding code piece shows how the delegate is initiated. 3. Invocation d1(); The preceding code piece invokes the delegate d1().
The following is a sample to demonstrate a Singlecast delegate: using System; namespace ConsoleApplication5 { class Program { public delegate void delmethod(); public class P { public static void display() { Console.WriteLine("Hello!"); } public static void show() { Console.WriteLine("Hi!"); } public void print() { Console.WriteLine("Print"); } } static void Main(string[] args) { // here we have assigned static method show() of class P to delegate delmethod() delmethod del1 = P.show; // here we have assigned static method display() of class P to delegate delmethod() using new operator // you can use both ways to assign the delagate delmethod del2 = new delmethod(P.display); P obj = new P(); // here first we have create instance of class P and assigned the method print() to the delegate i.e. delegate with class delmethod del3 = obj.print; del1(); del2(); del3(); Console.ReadLine(); }
} } The following is a sample to demonstrate a Multicast delegate: using System; namespace delegate_Example4 { class Program { public delegate void delmethod(int x, int y); public class TestMultipleDelegate { public void plus_Method1(int x, int y) { Console.Write("You are in plus_Method"); Console.WriteLine(x + y); } public void subtract_Method2(int x, int y) { Console.Write("You are in subtract_Method"); Console.WriteLine(x - y); } } static void Main(string[] args) { TestMultipleDelegate obj = new TestMultipleDelegate(); delmethod del = new delmethod(obj.plus_Method1); // Here we have multicast del += new delmethod(obj.subtract_Method2); // plus_Method1 and subtract_Method2 are called del(50, 10); Console.WriteLine(); //Here again we have multicast del -= new delmethod(obj.plus_Method1); //Only subtract_Method2 is called del(20, 10); Console.ReadLine(); } } }
The following are points to remember about delegates:
Delegates are similar to C++ function pointers, but are type safe. Delegate gives a name to a method signature. Delegates allow methods to be passed as parameters. Delegates can be used to define callback methods. Delegates can be chained together; for example, multiple methods can be called on a single event. C# version 2.0 introduces the concept of Anonymous Methods, that permit code blocks to be passed as parameters in place of a separately defined method. Delegates helps in code optimization.
Usage areas of delegates The most common example of using delegates is in events. They are extensively used in threading. Delegates are also used for generic class libraries, that have generic functionality, defined.
An Anonymous Delegate You can create a delegate, but there is no need to declare the method associated with it. You do not need to explicitly define a method prior to using the delegate. Such a method is referred to as anonymous. In other words, if a delegate itself contains its method definition then it is known as an anonymous method. The following is a sample to show an anonymous delegate: using System; public delegate void Test(); public class Program { static int Main() { Test Display = delegate() { Console.WriteLine("Anonymous Delegate method"); }; Display(); return 0; } }
Note: You can also handle events by anonymous methods. Events
Events and delegates are linked together. An event is a reference of a delegate, in other words when an event is raised a delegate will be called. In C# terms, events are a special form of delegates. Events are nothing but a change of state. Events play an important part in GUI programming. Events and delegates work hand-in-hand to provide a program's functionality. A C# event is a class member that is activated whenever the event it was designed for occurs. It starts with a class that declares an event. Any class, including the same class that the event is declared in, may register one of its methods for the event. This occurs through a delegate, that specifies the signature of the method that is registered for the event. The event keyword is a delegate modifier. It must always be used in connection with a delegate. The delegate may be one of the pre-defined .NET delegates or one you declare yourself. Whichever is appropriate, you assign the delegate to the event, that effectively registers the method that will be called when the event fires. How to use events? Once an event is declared, it must be associated with one or more event handlers before it can be raised. An event handler is nothing but a method that is called using a delegate. Use the += operator to associate an event with an instance of a delegate that already exists. The following is an example: obj.MyEvent += new MyDelegate(obj.Display); An event has the value null if it has no registered listeners. Although events are most commonly used in Windows Controls programming, they can also be implemented in console, web and other applications. The following is a sample of creating a custom Singlecast delegate and event:
using System; namespace delegate_custom { class Program { public delegate void MyDelegate(int a); public class XX { public event MyDelegate MyEvent; public void RaiseEvent()
{ MyEvent(20); Console.WriteLine("Event Raised"); } public void Display(int x) { Console.WriteLine("Display Method {0}", x); } } static void Main(string[] args) { XX obj = new XX(); obj.MyEvent += new MyDelegate(obj.Display); obj.RaiseEvent(); Console.ReadLine(); } } } 9. ASP.NET page cycle? Each request for an .aspx page that hits IIS is handed over to the HTTP Pipeline. The HTTP Pipeline is a chain of managed objects that sequentially process the request and convert it to plain HTML text content. The starting point of a HTTP Pipeline is the HttpRuntime class. The ASP.NET infrastructure creates each instance of this class per AppDomain hosted within the worker process. The HttpRuntime class picks up an HttpApplication object from an internal pool and sets it to work on the request. It determines what class handles the request. The association between the resources and handlers are stored in the configurable file of the application. In web.config and also inmachine.config you will find these lines in section. If you run through the following program then it will be much easier to follow: <add verb="*" path="*.aspx" type="System.Web.UI.PageHandlerFactory"/> This extension can be associated with HandlerClass or HandlerFactory class. HttpApplicationobject gets the page object that implements the IHttpHandler Interface. The process of generating the output to the browser is started when the object calls the ProcessRequest method. Page Life Cycle Once the HTTP page handler class is fully identified, the ASP.NET runtime calls the handler's ProcessRequest to start the process. This implementation begins by calling the methodFrameworkInitialize(), that builds the control trees for the page. This is a protected and virtual member of the TemplateControl class, the class from which the page itself derives.
Next processRequest() makes the page transition through various phases: initialization, the loading of viewstate and postback data, the loading of the page's user code and the execution of postback serverside events. Then the page enters into render mode, the viewstate is updated and the HTML is generated and sent to the output console. Finally the page is unloaded and the request is considered completely served. Stages and corresponding events in the life cycle of the ASP.NET page cycle: Stage Page Initialization View State Loading Postback data processing Page Loading PostBack Change Notification PostBack Event Handling Page Pre Rendering Phase View State Saving Page_Render Page_UnLoad Events/Method Page_Init LoadViewState LoadPostData Page_Load RaisePostDataChangedEvent RaisePostBackEvent Page_PreRender SaveViewState Page Rendering Page Unloading
Some of the events listed above are not visible at the page level. It will be visible if you happen to write server controls and write a class that is derived from page. 1. PreInit The entry point of the page life cycle is the pre-initialization phase called "PreInit". This is the only event where programmatic access to master pages and themes is allowed. You can dynamically set the values of master pages and themes in this event. You can also dynamically create controls in this event. Example: Override the event as given below in your code-behind cs file of your aspx page. using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Web; using System.Web.UI; using System.Web.UI.WebControls; public partial class _Default : System.Web.UI.Page { protected void Page_PreInit(object sender, EventArgs e) { // Use this event for the following: // Check the IsPostBack property to determine whether this is the first time the page is being processed.
// Create or re-create dynamic controls. // Set a master page dynamically. // Set the Theme property dynamically. } 2. Init This event fires after each control has been initialized, each control's UniqueID is set and any skin settings have been applied. You can use this event to change initialization values for controls. The "Init" event is fired first for the most bottom control in the hierarchy, and then fired up the hierarchy until it is fired for the page itself. Example : Override the event as given below in your code-behind cs file of your aspx page. protected void Page_Init(object sender, EventArgs e) { // Raised after all controls have been initialized and any skin settings have been applied. // Use this event to read or initialize control properties. } 3. InitComplete Raised once all initializations of the page and its controls have been completed. Until now the viewstate values are not yet loaded, hence you can use this event to make changes to view state that you want to ensure are persisted after the next postback. Example : Override the event as given below in your code-behind cs file of your aspx page. protected void Page_InitComplete(object sender, EventArgs e) { // Raised by the Page object. Use this event for processing tasks that require all initialization be complete. } 4. PreLoad Raised after the page loads the view state for itself and all controls and then processes postback data included with the Request instance. Loads ViewState: ViewState data are loaded to controls Note: The page viewstate is managed by ASP.NET and persists information over a page roundtrip to the server. Viewstate information is saved as a string of name/value pairs and contains information such as control text or value. The viewstate is held in the value property of a hidden control that is passed from page request to page request. Loads Postback data: postback data are now handed to the page controls.
Note: During this phase of the page creation, form data that was posted to the server (termed postback data in ASP.NET) is processed against each control that requires it. Hence, the page fires the LoadPostData event and parses through the page to find each control and updates the control state with the correct postback data. ASP.NET updates the correct control by matching the control's unique ID with the name/value pair in the NameValueCollection. This is one reason that ASP.NET requires unique IDs for each control on any given page. Example: Override the event as given below in your code-behind cs file of your aspx page. protected override void OnPreLoad(EventArgs e) { // Use this event if you need to perform processing on your page or control before the Load event. // Before the Page instance raises this event, it loads view state for itself and all controls, and // then processes any postback data included with the Request instance. } 5. Load The important thing to note about this event is the fact that by now, the page has been restored to its previous state in case of postbacks. Code inside the page load event typically checks for PostBack and then sets control properties appropriately. This method is typically used for most code, since this is the first place in the page lifecycle that all values are restored. Most code checks the value of IsPostBack to avoid unnecessarily resetting state. You may also wish to call Validate and check the value of IsValid in this method. You can also create dynamic controls in this method. Example: Override the event as given below in your code-behind cs file of your aspx page. protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) { // The Page calls the OnLoad event method on the Page, then recursively does the same for each child // control, which does the same for each of its child controls until the page and all controls are loaded. // Use the OnLoad event method to set properties in controls and establish database connections. } 6. Control (PostBack) event(s) ASP.NET now calls any events on the page or its controls that caused the PostBack to occur. This might be a button's click event or a dropdown's selectedindexchange event, for example. These are the events, the code for which is written in your code-behind class (.cs file). Example: Override the event as given below in your code-behind cs file of your aspx page. protected void Button1_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { // This is just an example of control event.. Here it is button click event that caused the postback
} 7. LoadComplete This event signals the end of Load. Example: Override the event as given below in your code-behind cs file of your aspx page. protected void Page_LoadComplete(object sender, EventArgs e) { // Use this event for tasks that require that all other controls on the page be loaded. } 8. PreRender Allows final changes to the page or its control. This event takes place after all regular PostBack events have taken place. This event occurs before saving ViewState, so any changes made here are saved. For example: After this event, you cannot change any property of a button or change any viewstate value. Because, after this event, the SaveStateComplete and Render events are called. Example: Override the event as given below in your code-behind cs file of your aspx page. protected override void OnPreRender(EventArgs e) { // Each data bound control whose DataSourceID property is set calls its DataBind method. // The PreRender event occurs for each control on the page. Use the event to make final // changes to the contents of the page or its controls. } 9. SaveStateComplete Prior to this event the view state for the page and its controls is set. Any changes to the page's controls at this point or beyond are ignored. Example: Override the event as given below in your code-behind cs file of your aspx page. protected override void OnSaveStateComplete(EventArgs e) { // Before this event occurs, ViewState has been saved for the page and for all controls. // Any changes to the page or controls at this point will be ignored. // Use this event perform tasks that require view state to be saved, but that do not make any changes to controls. } 10. Render This is a method of the page object and its controls (and not an event). At this point, ASP.NET calls this
method on each of the page's controls to get its output. The Render method generates the client-side HTML, Dynamic Hypertext Markup Language (DHTML), and script that are necessary to properly display a control at the browser. Note: Right-click on the web page displayed in the client's browser and view the page's source. You will not find any aspx server control in the code. Because all aspx controls are converted to their respective HTML representation. The browser is capable of displaying HTML and client-side scripts. Example: Override the event as given below in your code-behind cs file of your aspx page. // Render stage goes here. This is not an event 11. UnLoad This event is used for cleanup code. After the page's HTML is rendered, the objects are disposed of. During this event, you should destroy any objects or references you have created in building the page. At this point, all processing has occurred and it is safe to dispose of any remaining objects, including the Page object. Cleanup can be performed on: (a)Instances of classes in other words objects (b)Closing opened files (c)Closing database connections. Example: Override the event as given below in your code-behind cs file of your aspx page. protected void Page_UnLoad(object sender, EventArgs e) { // This event occurs for each control and then for the page. In controls, use this event to do final cleanup // for specific controls, such as closing control-specific database connections. // During the unload stage, the page and its controls have been rendered, so you cannot make further // changes to the response stream. //If you attempt to call a method such as the Response.Write method, the page will throw an exception. } } 10. Request and response in IIS When the client requests some information from a web server, the request first reaches to HTTP.SYS of IIS. HTTP.SYS then sends the request to the respective Application Pool. The Application Pool then forwards the request to the worker process to load the ISAPI Extension that will create an HTTPRuntime Object to process the request via HTTPModule and HTTPHanlder. After that the ASP.NET Page LifeCycle events start. 11. What are ADO.net objects ?
ADO.NET is designed to help developers work efficiently with multi tier databases, across intranet or internet scenarios. The ADO.NET object model consists of two key components as follows: Connected model (.NET Data Provider: a set of components including the Connection, Command, DataReader, and DataAdapter objects) Disconnected model (DataSet).
Connection The Connection object is the first component of ADO.NET. The connection object opens a connection to your data source. All of the configurable aspects of a database connection are represented in the Connection object, that includes ConnectionString and ConnectionTimeout. Connection object helps in accessing and manipulating a database. Database transactions are also dependent upon the Connection object. In ADO.NET the type of the Connection is dependent on what database system you are working with. The following are the most commonly used for connections in ADO.NET: SqlConnection OleDbConnection OdbcConnection
Command The Command object is used to perform an action on the data source. The Command object can execute Stored Procedures and T-SQL commands. You can execute SQL queries to return data in a DataSet or a DataReader object. The Command object performs the standard Select, Insert, Delete and Update T-SQL operations. DataReader The DataReader is built as a way to retrieve and examine the rows returned in response to your query as quickly as possible. No DataSet is created; in fact, no more than one row of information from the data source is in-memory at a time. This makes the DataReader very efficient at returning large amounts of data. The data returned by a DataReader is always read only. This class was built to be a lightweight forward only, read only, way to run through data quickly (this was called a Firehose cursor in ADO). However, if you need to manipulate a schema or use some advanced display features such as automatic
paging then you must use a DataAdapter and DataSet. A DataReader object works in the connected model. DataAdapter The DataAdapter takes the results of a database query from a Command object and pushes them into a DataSet using the DataAdapter.Fill() method. Additionally the DataAdapter.Update() method will negotiate any changes to a DataSet back to the original data source. A DataAdapter object works in a connected model. A DataAdapter performs the following five steps: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Create/open the connection Fetch the data as per command specified Generate XML file of data Fill data into DataSet. Close connection.
Command Builder It is used to save changes made in an in-memory cache of data on the backend. The work of Command Builder is to generate a Command as per changes in DataRows. Command Builder generates commands on the basis of row state. There are five row states: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Unchanged Added Deleted Modified Detached
Command Builder works on add, delete and modified row state only. Detached is used when an object is not created from row state. Transaction The Transaction object is used to execute a backend transaction. Transactions are used to ensure that multiple changes to database rows occur as a single unit of work. The Connection class has a BeginTransaction method that can be used to create a Transaction. A definite best practice is to ensure that transactions are placed in Using statements for rapid cleanup if they are not committed. Otherwise the objects (and any internal locks that may be needed) will remain active until the GC gets around to cleaning it up. Parameters
A Parameter object is used to solve SQL Injection attack problems while dealing with the user input parameters. A Parameter object allows passing parameters into a Command object. The Parameter class allows you to quickly put parameters into a query without string concatenation. Note: See my other article on ADO.NET Objects Part II. Conclusion Hope the article has helped you to understand ADO.NET objects. Your feedback and constructive contributions are welcome. Please feel free to contact me for feedback or comments you may have about this article. ADO.NET is designed to help developers work efficiently with multi-tier databases, across intranet or Internet scenarios. The ADO.NET object model consists of two key components as follows: Connected model (.NET Data Provider: a set of components including the Connection, Command, DataReader, and DataAdapter objects) Disconnected model (DataSet).
DataSet The DataSet Object is the parent object to most of the other objects in the System.Data namespace. The DataSet is a disconnected, in-memory representation of data. Its primary role is to store a collection of DataTables and the relations and constraints between those DataTables. DataSet also contains several methods for reading and writing XML, as well as merging other DataSets, DataTables and DataRows. Some of the advantages of the new DataSet object are: Read / Write Connectionless Contains one or more DataTable objects with relationships defined in a collection of DataRelation objects Supports filtering and sorting The contained DataView object can be bound to data-aware forms controls Supports automatic XML serialization (creation of XML document)
DataTable DataTable stores a table of information, typically retrieved from a data source. DataTable allows you to examine the actual rows of a DataSet through rows and columns collections.
Once the DataTable is filled the database connection is released and operates disconnected only. You can complex-bind a control to the information contained in a data table. Controls like DataGrid are used for this purpose. DataTable also stores metatable information such as the primary key and constraints. DataRows The DataRow class permits you to reference a specific row of data in a DataTable. This is the class that permits you to edit, accept, or reject changes to the individual DataColumns of the row. You would use a DataRow object and its properties and methods to retrieve and evaluate the values in a DataTable object. The DataRowCollection represents the actual DataRow objects that are in the DataTable object, and the DataColumnCollection contains the DataColumn objects that describe the schema of the DataTable object. DataColumns DataColumns is the building block of the DataTable. A number of such objects make up a table. Each DataColumn object has a DataType property that determines the kind of data that the column is holding. data table. DataColumn instances are also the class of object that you use to read and write individual columns of a database. The Items property of a DataRow returns a DataColumn. DataView A DataView is an object that provides a custom view of data in a DataTable. DataViews provide sorting, filtering, and other types of customizations. Each DataTable object has a DefaultView property, that holds the default DataView object for that DataTable. Modifying the DefaultView object sets the default display characteristics for the DataTable. You can create an instance of a DataView and associate it with a specific DataTable in a DataSet. This permits you to have two or more different views of the same DataTable simultaneously available. DataRelation A DataRelation identifies that two or more of the DataTables in a DataSet contain data related in a oneto-one or one-to-many (parent-child) association. You define a relationship between two tables by adding a new DataRelation object to the DataSets. Constraints Each DataColumn may have multiple Constraints. Conditions such as unique are applied through this
class. Constraint objects are maintained through the DataTables Constraints collection. DataRowView A DataRowView is a special object that represents a row in a DataView. Each DataView can have a different RowStateFilter, the DataRowView obtained from a DataView will contain data consistent with the DataView's RowStateFilter, providing a custom view of the data. 12. What is the difference between Stored Procedures and functions? 1. Procedures can have input/output parameters for it whereas functions can have only input parameters. 2. Procedure allows select as well as DML statement in it whereas a function only allows select statements in it. 3. We can go for transaction management in procedures whereas we can't for functions. 4. Procedures cannot be utilized in a select statement whereas functions can be embedded in a select statement. 13. What is the difference between Stored Procedures and triggers? The Stored Procedures are used for performing tasks
Stored Procedures normally used to performing user specified tasks. It can have the parameters. It can return multiple results set. The Triggers for auditing work
Triggers normally are used for auditing work. It can be used to trace the activities of the table events. The Stored Procedures can have the parameters
Procedures can have the input and output parameters with all the data types available in the SQL Server as well as user defined data types. The Triggers cannot have any parameters
Triggers cannot have any parameters. Stored Procedure can be run independently
The Stored Procedures can be run independently. They are stored as a database object. It can be called from the application. The triggers executes based on table events
The DML triggers are get executed based on the table events defined on the specific table. There are various types of triggers, like DML triggers, DDL triggers (from 2005 onwards) and logon triggers (from 2008 onwards). The DDL triggers can control the Stored Procedures creation, drop and so on.
The Stored Procedure cannot call triggers
The Stored Procedures cannot call the triggers directly. But when we do the DML operations on the table, if the corresponding table has the trigger then it will then be triggered. The triggers can call Stored Procedures
The triggers can call Stored Procedures.
14. Difference between DataSet and DataReader? DataReader DataReader reads data from a database. It only reads using a forward-only connection oriented architecture during the fetching of the data from the database. A DataReader will fetch the data very fast compared with a DataSet. Generally we will use an ExecuteReader object to bind data to a DataReader. To bind DataReader data to a GridView we need to write the code such as shown below: Protected void BindGridview() { using (SqlConnection conn = new SqlConnection("Data Source=abc;Integrated Security=true;Initial Catalog=Test")) { con.Open(); SqlCommand cmd = new SqlCommand("Select UserName, First Name,LastName,Location FROM Users", conn); SqlDataReader sdr = cmd.ExecuteReader(); gvUserInfo.DataSource = sdr; gvUserInfo.DataBind(); conn.Close(); } } Holds the connection open until you are finished (don't forget to close it!). Can typically only be iterated over once Is not as useful for updating back to the database
DataSet DataSet is a disconnected oriented architecture. That means that there is no need for active connections to work with DataSets and it is a collection of DataTables and relations between tables. It holds multiple tables with data. You can select data form tables, create views based on tables and ask child rows over relations. Also DataSet provides you with rich features like saving data as XML and loading XML data. protected void BindGridview() {
SqlConnection conn = new SqlConnection("Data Source=abc;Integrated Security=true;Initial Catalog=Test"); conn.Open(); SqlCommand cmd = new SqlCommand("Select UserName, First Name,LastName,Location FROM Users", conn); SqlDataAdapter sda = new SqlDataAdapter(cmd); DataSet ds = new DataSet(); da.Fill(ds); gvUserInfo.DataSource = ds; gvUserInfo.DataBind(); } DataAdapter A DataAdapter will act as a bridge between a DataSet and the database. This DataAdapter object reads the data from the database and binds that data to a DataSet. DataAdapter is a disconnected oriented architecture. Check the following sample code to see how to use a DataAdapter in code: protected void BindGridview() { SqlConnection con = new SqlConnection("Data Source=abc;Integrated Security=true;Initial Catalog=Test"); conn.Open(); SqlCommand cmd = new SqlCommand("Select UserName, First Name,LastName,Location FROM Users", conn); SqlDataAdapter sda = new SqlDataAdapter(cmd); DataSet ds = new DataSet(); da.Fill(ds); gvUserInfo.DataSource = ds; gvUserInfo.DataBind(); } Lets you close the connection as soon it's done loading data, and may even close it for you automatically All of the results are available in memory You can iterate over it as many times as you need, or even look up a specific record by index Has some built-in faculties for updating back to the database.
DataTable DataTable represents a single table in the database. It has rows and columns. There is not much difference between DataSet and datatable, a DataSet is simply a collection of datatables. protected void BindGridview() { SqlConnection con = new SqlConnection("Data Source=abc;Integrated Security=true;Initial Catalog=Test"); conn.Open();
SqlCommand cmd = new SqlCommand("Select UserName, First Name,LastName,Location FROM Users", conn); SqlDataAdapter sda = new SqlDataAdapter(cmd); DataTable dt = new DataTable(); da.Fill(dt); gridview1.DataSource = dt; gvidview1.DataBind(); } 15. Differnce between JavaScript jQuery and AJAX? JavaScript 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. jQuery 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. jQuery is a library/framework built with JavaScript. It abstracts away cross-browser compatibility issues and it emphasises unobtrusive and callbackdriven JavaScript programming jQuery (website) is a JavaScript framework that makes working with the DOM easier by building many high level functionality that can be used to search and interact with the DOM jQuery implements a high-level interface to do AJAX requests jQuery is a fast and concise JavaScript Library that simplifies HTML document traversing, event handling, animating, and AJAX interactions for rapid web development JavaScript is a client-side (in the browser) scripting language. JavaScript lets you supercharge your HTML with animation, interactivity, and dynamic visual effects JavaScript can make web pages more useful by supplying immediate feedback. JavaScript is the common term for a combination of the ECMAScript programming language plus some means for accessing a web browser's windows and the document object model (DOM). JavaScript was designed to add interactivity to HTML pages Everyone can use JavaScript without purchasing a license
Asynchronous JavaScript XML (AJAX) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Asynchronous JavaScript XML (AJAX) is a method to dynamically update parts of the UI without having to reload the page, to make the experience more similar to a Desktop application. AJAX is a technique to do an XMLHttpRequest (out of band Http request) from a web page to the server and send/retrieve data to be used on the web page It uses JavaScript to construct an XMLHttpRequest, typically using various techniques on various browsers. AJAX is a set of functions of the language JavaScript Examples of applications using AJAX: Google Maps, Gmail, Youtube, and Facebook tabs.
Why AJAX? This is probably one of the most asked questions about AJAX.
The main advantage of using AJAX enabled ASP.NET Web applications is improved efficiency and a reduction of the page refresh time. AJAX enables us to refresh only parts of a Web page that have been updated, rather refreshing the entire page. For example, if you have four controls on a web page, say a DropDownList, a TextBox, a ListBox, and a GridView. The GridView control shows some data based on the selection in a DropDownList and other controls. Now let's say a GridView also has paging and sorting options. So whenever you move to the next page or apply a sort, the entire page and all four controls on the page will be refreshed and you will notice a page flicker because ASP.NET must render the entire page on the client-side and it happens once. In an AJAX-enabled web page, you will see only the GridView data is being refreshed and rest of the page and controls do not. Doing so, we not only get better performance and faster refresh, we also get a better (or should I say "smoother") user experience. You may want to see a live example of an AJAX enabled GridView on our www.mindcracker.com web site in the Jobs section here: http://www.mindcracker.com/Jobs/ . On this page, if you click on the "Next" page link then you will see only the GridView data is being refreshed. We are also implementing AJAX on C# Corner and other sites as well. What Browsers Does AJAX Support? AJAX is JavaScript based and supports most of the browsers including Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, and Apple Safari. What are ASP.NET AJAX Extensions? ASP.NET AJAX is a combination of client-script libraries (JavaScript) and ASP.NET server components that are integrated to provide a robust development framework. What are ASP.NET AJAX Server Controls? The ASP.NET AJAX server controls consist of server and client code that integrate to produce AJAX-like behavior. The following controls are available in the AJAX 1.0 library: 1. ScriptManager: Manages script resources for client components, partial-page rendering, localization, globalization, and custom user scripts. The ScriptManager control is required for the use of the UpdatePanel, UpdateProgress, and Timer controls. UpdatePanel: Enables you to refresh selected parts of the page instead of refreshing the entire page by using a synchronous postback. UpdateProgress: Provides status information about partial-page updates in UpdatePanel controls. Timer: Performs postbacks at defined intervals. You can use the Timer control to post the entire page, or use it together with the UpdatePanel control to perform partial-page updates at a defined interval.
2. 3. 4.
What is the ASP.NET AJAX Control Toolkit? The ASP.NET AJAX Control Toolkit is a collection of samples and components that show you some of the
experiences you can create with rich client ASP.NET AJAX controls and extenders. The Control Toolkit provides both samples and a powerful SDK to simplify creation and reuse of your custom controls and extenders. You can download the ASP.NET AJAX Control Toolkit from the ASP.NET AJAX Web site. 16. What is the differnce between WCF and web services? Web Service in ASP.NET A Web Service is programmable application logic accessible via standard Web protocols. One of these Web protocols is the Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP). SOAP is a W3C submitted note (as of May 2000) that uses standards based technologies (XML for data description and HTTP for transport) to encode and transmit application data. Consumers of a Web Service do not need to know anything about the platform, object model, or programming language used to implement the service; they only need to understand how to send and receive SOAP messages (HTTP and XML). WCF Service Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) is a framework for building service-oriented applications. Using WCF, you can send data as asynchronous messages from one service endpoint to another. A service endpoint can be a part of a continuously available service hosted by IIS, or it can be a service hosted in an application. An endpoint can be a client of a service that requests data from a service endpoint. The messages can be as simple as a single character or word sent as XML, or as complex as a stream of binary data. The following are the scenarios that WCF must be used in: A secure service to process business transactions. A service that supplies current data to others, such as a traffic reports or other monitoring service. A chat service that allows two people to communicate or exchange data in real time. A dashboard application that polls one or more services for data and presents it in a logical presentation. Exposing a workflow implemented using Windows Workflow Foundation as a WCF service. A Silverlight application to poll a service for the latest data feeds.
Features of WCF Service Orientation Interoperability Multiple Message Patterns Service Metadata Data Contracts Security Multiple Transports and Encoding Reliable and Queued Messages Durable Messages Transactions
AJAX and REST Support Extensibility
Difference between a Web Service in ASP.NET & WCF Service WCF is a replacement for all earlier web service technologies from Microsoft. It also does much more than what is traditionally considered as "web services". WCF "web services" are part of a much broader spectrum of remote communication enabled through WCF. You will get a much higher degree of flexibility and portability doing things in WCF than through traditional ASMX because WCF is designed, from the ground up, to summarize all of the various distributed programming infrastructures offered by Microsoft. An endpoint in WCF can be communicated with just as easily over SOAP/XML as it can over TCP/binary and to change this medium is simply a configuration file modification. In theory, this reduces the amount of new code needed when porting or changing business needs, targets, and so on. ASMX is older than WCF, and anything ASMX can do so can WCF (and more). Basically you can see WCF as trying to logically group together all the various ways of getting two apps to communicate in the world of Microsoft; ASMX was just one of these many ways and so is now grouped under the WCF umbrella of capabilities. Web Services can be accessed only over HTTP & it works in a stateless environment, whereas WCF is flexible because its services can be hosted in various types of applications. Common scenarios for hosting WCF services are IIS,WAS, Self-hosting and Managed Windows Service. The major difference is that Web Services use XmlSerializer. But WCF uses DataContractSerializer that is better in performance than XmlSerializer. Key issues with XmlSerializer to serialize .NET types to XML are: Only Public fields or Properties of .NET types can be translated into XML Only the classes that implement IEnumerable interface Classes that implement the IDictionary interface, such as Hash table cannot be serialized
Some important differences between DataContractSerializer and XMLSerializer are: A practical benefit of the design of the DataContractSerializer is better performance overXmlserializer. XML Serialization does not indicate which fields or properties of the type are serialized into XML whereasDataCotractSerializer Explicitly shows the which fields or properties are serialized into XML The DataContractSerializer can translate the HashTable into XML
Using the Code The development of a web service with ASP.NET relies on defining data and relies on the XmlSerializer to transform data to or from a service.
Key issues with XmlSerializer to serialize .NET types to XML: Only Public fields or Properties of .NET types can be translated into XML Only the classes that implement IEnumerable interface Classes that implement the IDictionary interface, such as Hash table cannot be serialized
The WCF uses the DataContractAttribute and DataMemeberAttribute to translate .NET FW types into XML. Collapse | Copy Code [DataContract] public class Item { [DataMember] public string ItemID; [DataMember] public decimal ItemQuantity; [DataMember] public decimal ItemPrice; } The DataContractAttribute can be applied to the class or a strcture. DataMemberAttribute can be applied to a field or a property and theses fields or properties can be either public or private. Some important differences between DataContractSerializer and XMLSerializer are: A practical benefit of the design of the DataContractSerializer is better performance over XML serialization. XML Serialization does not indicate which fields or properties of the type are serialized into XML whereas DataContractSerializer explicitly shows which fields or properties are serialized into XML. The DataContractSerializer can translate the HashTable into XML.
Developing Service To develop a service using ASP.NET, we must add the WebService attribute to the class and WebMethodAttribute to any of the class methods. Example [WebService] public class Service : System.Web.Services.WebService { [WebMethod] public string Test(string strMsg) { return strMsg; }
} To develop a service in WCF, we will write the following code: [ServiceContract] public interface ITest { [OperationContract] string ShowMessage(string strMsg); } public class Service : ITest { public string ShowMessage(string strMsg) { return strMsg; } } The ServiceContractAttribute specifies that an interface defines a WCF service contract, OperationContract attribute indicates which of the methods of the interface defines the operations of the service contract. A class that implements the service contract is referred to as a service type in WCF. Hosting the Service ASP.NET web services are compiled into a class library assembly and a service file with an extension .asmx will have the code for the service. The service file is copied into the root of the ASP.NET application and Assembly will be copied to the bin directory. The application is accessible using URL of the service file. WCF Service can be hosted within IIS or WindowsActivationService as in the following: Compile the service type into a class library Copy the service file with an extension .SVC into a virtual directory and assembly into bin sub directory of the virtual directory. Copy the web.config file into the virtual directory.
Client Development Clients for the ASP.NET Web services are generated using the command-line tool WSDL.EXE. WCF uses the ServiceMetadata tool (svcutil.exe) to generate the client for the service. Message Representation The Header of the SOAP Message can be customized in ASP.NET Web service.
WCF provides attributes MessageContractAttribute, MessageHeaderAttribute andMessageBodyMemberAttribute to describe the structure of the SOAP Message. Service Description Issuing a HTTP GET Request with query WSDL causes ASP.NET to generate WSDL to describe the service. It returns the WSDL as a response to the request. The generated WSDL can be customized by deriving the class of ServiceDescriptionFormatExtension. Issuing a Request with the query WSDL for the .svc file generates the WSDL. The WSDL that generated by WCF can be customized by using ServiceMetadataBehavior class. Exception Handling In ASP.NET Web services, unhandled exceptions are returned to the client as SOAP faults. In WCF Services, unhandled exceptions are not returned to clients as SOAP faults. A configuration setting is provided to have the unhandled exceptions returned to clients for the purpose of debugging. 16. SOAP, WSDL, UDDI overview. XML: Describes only data. So, any application that understands XML, regardless of the application's programming language or platform, has the ability to format XML in a variety of ways (well-formed or valid). SOAP: Provides a communication mechanism between services and applications. WSDL: Offers a uniform method of describing web services to other programs. UDDI: Enables the creation of searchable Web services registries Note: Some Contents are copied from various Interview Websites.
C# Experienced Interview Questions.

Q1-Does C# support mulitple inheritance?
Ans: No
Q2-Every object is derived from system.object class and now in this condition if we create a
class and derived this class from some base class then its means it is inherited by two class one system.objec and other is your base class then why we say that c# does not support multiple inheritance?
Class A:System.Object //c# standard-every object is derived from system.object class
Class B: A () means class B is inherited by two classes Class A and Class System.Object then how it is possible?
Ans: Actually when c# compiler notify colen (:) and then class it breaks the relation from System.Object class. Basically after breaking relation from System.Object class it is inherited by base class A and this base class A get inherited from Syste.Object base class so there is no impact on Class B.
Q3-Why multiple Inheritance is not possible in C#? Ans: As you all know that in C++ there was a major problem known as "Dimond Ring Problem" which causing calling method naming confliction,To avoid this c# removed the concept of multiple inheritance instead of this the new concept provided by the C# is Multiple Interface Inheritance.
Q4:Does private members of base class inherited into derived class? Ans: Yes , It is inherited but not accessible.
Q5:How can I prevent my class to be inherited? Ans: Use sealed keyword before class name.The sealed class can't be inherited.
Q6:How many types of inheritance supported by c#? Ans: Two types of inheritance:
Implementation inheritance Interface inheritance
Implementation inheritance-- When a class (type) is derived from another class(type) such that it inherits all the members of the base type it is Implementation Inheritance
Interface inheritance-- When a type (class or a struct) inherits only the signatures of the functions from another type it is Interface Inheritance
Inheritance Usage Example: Here is a syntax example for using Implementation Inheritance Class derivedClass:baseClass{} derivedClass is derived from baseClass Interface Inheritance example: private Class derivedClass:baseClass , InterfaceX , InterfaceY {}
Q7: How to use asp.net user control dynamically? Ans: Write this code on page load..... Control cntrl = LoadControl("../../WebUserControl1.ascx"); Controls.Add(cntrl);
Q8: Can interface contains fields? Ans: No, Only methods and properties.
Q8: What is the name of actual work process in IIS6.0/IIS5.0 for asp.net? Ans: IIS5.0- Aspnet_wp.exe IIS6.0- w3wp.exe
Interview Question and Answer for c# Part 2
06
MondayMAY 2013
LEAVE A COMMENT
POSTED BY RAKESH JOGANI IN INTERVIEW QUESTION AND ANSWER
2 Votes
Q1. Explain the differences between Server-side and Client-side code? Ans. Server side code will execute at server (where the website is hosted) end, & all the business logic will execute at server end where as client side code will execute at client side (usually written in javascript, vbscript, jscript) at browser end. Q2. What type of code (server or client) is found in a Code-Behind class? Ans. Server side code. Q3. How to make sure that value is entered in an asp:Textbox control? Ans. Use a RequiredFieldValidator control. Q4. Which property of a validation control is used to associate it with a server control on that page? Ans. ControlToValidate property. Q5. How would you implement inheritance using VB.NET & C#? Ans. C# Derived Class : Baseclass VB.NEt : Derived Class Inherits Baseclass Q6. Which method is invoked on the DataAdapter control to load the generated dataset with data? Ans. Fill() method. Q7. What method is used to explicitly kill a users session? Ans. Session.Abandon() Q8. What property within the asp:gridview control is changed to bind columns manually? Ans. Autogenerated columns is set to false
Q9. Which method is used to redirect the user to another page without performing a round trip to the client? Ans. Server.Transfer method. Q10. How do we use different versions of private assemblies in same application without rebuild? Ans.Inside the Assemblyinfo.cs or Assemblyinfo.vb file, we need to specify assembly version. assembly: AssemblyVersion Q11. Is it possible to debug java-script in .NET IDE? If yes, how? Ans. Yes, simply write debugger statement at the point where the breakpoint needs to be set within the javascript code and also enable javascript debugging in the browser property settings. Q12. How many ways can we maintain the state of a page? Ans. 1. Client Side Query string, hidden variables, viewstate, cookies 2. Server side application , cache, context, session, database Q13. What is the use of a multicast delegate? Ans. A multicast delegate may be used to call more than one method. Q14. What is the use of a private constructor? Ans. A private constructor may be used to prevent the creation of an instance for a class. Q15. What is the use of Singleton pattern? Ans. A Singleton pattern .is used to make sure that only one instance of a class exists. Q16. When do we use a DOM parser and when do we use a SAX parser? Ans. The DOM Approach is useful for small documents in which the program needs to process a large portion of the document whereas the SAX approach is useful for large documents in which the program only needs to process a small portion of the document. Q17. Will the finally block be executed if an exception has not occurred? Ans.Yes it will execute.
Q18. What is a Dataset? Ans. A dataset is an in memory database kindof object that can hold database information in a disconnected environment. Q19. Is XML a case-sensitive markup language? Ans. Yes. Q20. What is an .ashx file? Ans. It is a web handler file that produces output to be consumed by an xml consumer client (rather than a browser). Q21. What is encapsulation? Ans. Encapsulation is the OOPs concept of binding the attributes and behaviors in a class, hiding the implementation of the class and exposing the functionality. Q22. What is Overloading? Ans. When we add a new method with the same name in a same/derived class but with different number/types of parameters, the concept is called overluoad and this ultimately implements Polymorphism. Q23. What is Overriding? Ans. When we need to provide different implementation in a child class than the one provided by base class, we define the same method with same signatures in the child class and this is called overriding. Q24. What is a Delegate? Ans. A delegate is a strongly typed function pointer object that encapsulates a reference to a method, and so the function that needs to be invoked may be called at runtime. Q25. Is String a Reference Type or Value Type in .NET? Ans. String is a Reference Type object. Q26. What is a Satellite Assembly? Ans. Satellite assemblies contain resource files corresponding to a locale (Culture + Language) and these assemblies are used in deploying an application globally for different languages.
Q27. What are the different types of assemblies and what is their use? Ans. Private, Public(also called shared) and Satellite Assemblies. Q28. Are MSIL and CIL the same thing? Ans. Yes, CIL is the new name for MSIL. Q29. What is the base class of all web forms? Ans. System.Web.UI.Page Q30. How to add a client side event to a server control? Ans. Example BtnSubmit.Attributes.Add(onclick,javascript:fnSomeFunctionInJavascript()); Q31. How to register a client side script from code-behind? Ans. Use the Page.RegisterClientScriptBlock method in the server side code to register the script that may be built using a StringBuilder. Q32. Can a single .NET DLL contain multiple classes? Ans. Yes, a single .NET DLL may contain any number of classes within it. Q33. What is DLL Hell? Ans. DLL Hell is the name given to the problem of old unmanaged DLLs due to which there was a possibility of version conflict among the DLLs. Q34. can we put a break statement in a finally block? Ans. The finally block cannot have the break, continue, return and goto statements. Q35. What is a CompositeControl in .NET? Ans. CompositeControl is an abstract class in .NET that is inherited by those web controls that contain child controls within them. Q36. Which control in asp.net is used to display data from an xml file and then displayed using XSLT? Ans. Use the asp:Xml control and set its DocumentSource property for associating an xml file, and set its TransformSource property to set the xml controls xsl file for the XSLT transformation.
Q37. Can we run ASP.NET 1.1 application and ASP.NET 2.0 application on the same computer? Ans. Yes, though changes in the IIS in the properties for the site have to be made during deployment of each. Q38. What are the new features in .NET 2.0? Ans. Plenty of new controls, Generics, anonymous methods, partial classes, iterators, property visibility (separate visibility for get and set) and static classes. Q39. Can we pop a MessageBox in a web application? Ans. Yes, though this is done clientside using an alert, prompt or confirm or by opening a new web page that looks like a messagebox. Q40. What is managed data? Ans. The data for which the memory management is taken care by .Net runtimes garbage collector, and this includes tasks for allocation de-allocation. Q41. How to instruct the garbage collector to collect unreferenced data? Ans. We may call the garbage collector to collect unreferenced data by executing the System.GC.Collect() method. Q42. How can we set the Focus on a control in ASP.NET? Ans. txtBox123.Focus(); OR Page.SetFocus(NameOfControl); Q43. What are Partial Classes in Asp.Net 2.0? Ans. In .NET 2.0, a class definition may be split into multiple physical files but partial classes do not make any difference to the compiler as during compile time, the compiler groups all the partial classes and treats them as a single class. Q44. How to set the default button on a Web Form? Ans. <asp:form id=form1 runat=server defaultbutton=btnGo/> Q45.Can we force the garbage collector to run? Ans. Yes, using the System.GC.Collect(), the garbage collector is forced to run in case required to do so.
Q46. What is Boxing and Unboxing? Ans. Boxing is the process where any value type can be implicitly converted to a reference type object while Unboxing is the opposite of boxing process where the reference type is converted to a value type. Q47. What is Code Access security? What is CAS in .NET? Ans. CAS is the feature of the .NET security model that determines whether an application or a piece of code is permitted to run and decide the resources it can use while running. Q48. What is Multi-tasking? Ans. It is a feature of operating systems through which multiple programs may run on the operating system at the same time, just like a scenario where a Notepad, a Calculator and the Control Panel are open at the same time. Q49. What is Multi-threading? Ans. When an application performs different tasks at the same time, the application is said to exhibit multithreading as several threads of a process are running.2 Q50. What is a Thread? Ans. A thread is an activity started by a process and its the basic unit to which an operating system allocates processor resources. Q51. What does AddressOf in VB.NET operator do? Ans. The AddressOf operator is used in VB.NET to create a delegate object to a method in order to point to it. Q52. How to refer to the current thread of a method in .NET? Ans. In order to refer to the current thread in .NET, the Thread.CurrentThread method can be used. It is a public static property. Q53. How to pause the execution of a thread in .NET? Ans. The thread execution can be paused by invoking the Thread.Sleep(IntegerValue) method where IntegerValue is an integer that determines the milliseconds time frame for which the thread in context has to sleep. Q54. How can we force a thread to sleep for an infinite period? Ans. Call the Thread.Interupt() method.
Q55. What is Suspend and Resume in .NET Threading? Ans. Just like a song may be paused and played using a music player, a thread may be paused using Thread.Suspend method and may be started again using the Thread.Resume method. Note that sleep method immediately forces the thread to sleep whereas the suspend method waits for the thread to be in a persistable position before pausing its activity. Q56. How can we prevent a deadlock in .Net threading? Ans. Using methods like Monitoring, Interlocked classes, Wait handles, Event raising from between threads, using the ThreadState property. Q57. What is Ajax? Ans. Asyncronous Javascript and XML Ajax is a combination of client side technologies that sets up asynchronous communication between the user interface and the web server so that partial page rendering occur instead of complete page postbacks. Q58. What is XmlHttpRequest in Ajax? Ans. It is an object in Javascript that allows the browser to communicate to a web server asynchronously without making a postback. Q59. What are the different modes of storing an ASP.NET session? Ans. InProc (the session state is stored in the memory space of the Aspnet_wp.exe process but the session information is lost when IIS reboots), StateServer (the Session state is serialized and stored in a separate process call Viewstate is an object in .NET that automatically persists control setting values across the multiple requests for the same page and it is internally maintained as a hidden field on the web page though its hashed for security reasons. Q60. What is a delegate in .NET? Ans. A delegate in .NET is a class that can have a reference to a method, and this class has a signature that can refer only those methods that have a signature which complies with the class. Q61. Is a delegate a type-safe functions pointer? Ans. Yes
Q62. What is the return type of an event in .NET? Ans. There is No return type of an event in .NET. Q63. Is it possible to specify an access specifier to an event in .NET? Ans. Yes, though they are public by default. Q64. Is it possible to create a shared event in .NET? Ans. Yes, but shared events may only be raised by shared methods. Q65. How to prevent overriding of a class in .NET? Ans. Use the keyword NotOverridable in VB.NET and sealed in C#. Q66. How to prevent inheritance of a class in .NET? Ans. Use the keyword NotInheritable in VB.NET and sealed in C#. Q67. What is the purpose of the MustInherit keyword in VB.NET? Ans. MustInherit keyword in VB.NET is used to create an abstract class. Q68. What is the access modifier of a member function of in an Interface created in .NET? Ans. It is always public, we cant use any other modifier other than the public modifier for the member functions of an Interface. Q69. What does the virtual keyword in C# mean? Ans. The virtual keyword signifies that the method and property may be overridden. Q70. How to create a new unique ID for a control? Ans. ControlName.ID = ControlName + Guid.NewGuid().ToString(); //Make use of the Guid class Q71A. What is a HashTable in .NET? Ans. A Hashtable is an object that implements the IDictionary interface, and can be used to store key value pairs. The key may be used as the index to access the values for that index. Q71B. What is an ArrayList in .NET? Ans. Arraylist object is used to store a list of values in the form of a list, such that the size of the arraylist can be increased and decreased dynamically, and moreover, it may hold items of different types. Items in an arraylist may be accessed using an index.
Q72. What is the value of the first item in an Enum? 0 or 1? Ans. 0 Q73. Can we achieve operator overloading in VB.NET? Ans. Yes, it is supported in the .NET 2.0 version, the operator keyword is used. Q74. What is the use of Finalize method in .NET? Ans. .NET Garbage collector performs all the clean up activity of the managed objects, and so the finalize method is usually used to free up the unmanaged objects like File objects, Windows API objects, Database connection objects, COM objects etc. Q75. How do you save all the data in a dataset in .NET? Ans. Use the AcceptChanges method which commits all the changes made to the dataset since last time Acceptchanges was performed. Q76. Is there a way to suppress the finalize process inside the garbage collector forcibly in .NET? Ans. Use the GC.SuppressFinalize() method. Q77. What is the use of the dispose() method in .NET? Ans. The Dispose method in .NET belongs to IDisposable interface and it is best used to release unmanaged objects like File objects, Windows API objects, Database connection objects, COM objects etc from the memory. Its performance is better than the finalize() method. Q78. Is it possible to have have different access modifiers on the get and set methods of a property in .NET? Ans. No we can not have different modifiers of a common property, which means that if the access modifier of a propertys get method is protected, and it must be protected for the set method as well. Q79. In .NET, is it possible for two catch blocks to be executed in one go? Ans. This is NOT possible because once the correct catch block is executed then the code flow goes to the finally block.
Q80. Is there any difference between System.String and System.StringBuilder classes? Ans. System.String is immutable by nature whereas System.StringBuilder can have a mutable string in which plenty of processes may be performed. Q81. What technique is used to figure out that the page request is a postback? Ans. The IsPostBack property of the page object may be used to check whether the page request is a postback or not. IsPostBack property is of the type Boolean. Q82. Which event of the ASP.NET page life cycle completely loads all the controls on the web page? Ans. The Page_load event of the ASP.NET page life cycle assures that all controls are completely loaded. Even though the controls are also accessible in Page_Init event but here, the viewstate is incomplete. Q83. How is ViewState information persisted across postbacks in an ASP.NET webpage? Ans. Using HTML Hidden Fields, ASP.NET creates a hidden field with an ID=__VIEWSTATE and the value of the pages viewstate is encoded (hashed) for security. Q84. What is the ValidationSummary control in ASP.NET used for? Ans. The ValidationSummary control in ASP.NET displays summary of all the current validation errors. Q85. What is AutoPostBack feature in ASP.NET? Ans. In case it is required for a server side control to postback when any of its event is triggered, then the AutoPostBack property of this control is set to true. Q86. What is the difference between Web.config and Machine.Config in .NET? Ans. Web.config file is used to make the settings to a web application, whereas Machine.config file is used to make settings to all ASP.NET applications on a server(the server machine). Q87. What is the difference between a session object and an application object? Ans. A session object can persist information between HTTP requests for a particular user, whereas an application object can be used globally for all the users. Q88. Which control has a faster performance, Repeater or Datalist? Ans. Repeater.
Q89. Which control has a faster performance, Datagrid or Datalist? Ans. Datalist. Q90. How to we add customized columns in a Gridview in ASP.NET? Ans. Make use of the TemplateField column. Q91. Is it possible to stop the clientside validation of an entire page? Ans. Set Page.Validate = false; Q92. Is it possible to disable client side script in validators? Ans. Yes. simply EnableClientScript = false. Q93. How do we enable tracing in .NET applications? Ans. <%@ Page Trace=true %> Q94. How to kill a user session in ASP.NET? Ans. Use the Session.abandon() method. Q95. Is it possible to perform forms authentication with cookies disabled on a browser? Ans. Yes, it is possible. Q96. What are the steps to use a checkbox in a gridview? Ans. <ItemTemplate> <asp:CheckBox id=CheckBox1 runat=server AutoPostBack=True OnCheckedChanged=Check_Clicked></asp:CheckBox> </ItemTemplate> Q97. What are design patterns in .NET? Ans. A Design pattern is a repeatitive solution to a repeatitive problem in the design of a software architecture. Q98. What is difference between dataset and datareader in ADO.NET? Ans. A DataReader provides a forward-only and read-only access to data, while the DataSet object can carry more than one table and at the same time hold the relationships between the tables. Also note that a DataReader is used in a connected architecture whereas a Dataset is used in a disconnected architecture.
Q99. Can connection strings be stored in web.config? Ans. Yes, in fact this is the best place to store the connection string information. Q100. Whats the difference between web.config and app.config? Ans. Web.config is used for web based asp.net applications whereas app.config is used for windows based applications. Which namespace is used for WCF ? The namespace System.Servicemodel is used for WCF. What is WSDL? WSDL stands for Web Services Description Language.The Web Services Description Language is an XML-based language used for describing network services.WSDL provides machine readable language that can be used for calling a service,passing parameters to the service and what data structures it returns.WSDL is combination of SOAP and XML schema.A client program connecting to a Web service can read the WSDL file to determine what operations are available on the server. Any special datatypes used are embedded in the WSDL file in the form of XML Schema. The client can then use SOAP to actually call one of the operations listed in the WSDL file using XML or HTTP. What is session and application object ? Session object stores information between HTTP request for a particular user while application object are global across users. What is the function of GLOBAL.ASAX file ? It allows to execute ASP.NET application level events and settings application -level variables. How to disable client side script in validators ? Client side script validators can be disabled by setting EnableClientScript to false. How to sign out from the forms authentication ? You can sign out from the forms authentication using the method Forms.Authentication.Signout() Which namespace is required to implement debug and trace ? System.Diagnostic namespace is required to implement debug and trace
Which is the best place to store the connection string ? Config files are the best places to store the connection string.In web application use web.config to store the connection string and in windows application use App.config to store the connection string. How many validation controls are there in ASP.NET ? There are five validation controls in ASP.NET i.e.RequiredFieldValidator,RegularExpression,ValidationSummary,CustomValidator and CompareValidator. What is the threading model used for ASP.NET ? ASP.NET uses MTA threading model. How to customize columns in data grid ? In data grid,columns can be customized using template column. How to format data inside data grid ? Inside data grid,data can be formatted using the DataFormatString property. How to show entire validation error in message box at the client side ? Entire validation error can be shown in message box using validation summary.Set the property ShowMessageBox to true. What is the extension of user control file ? The extension of user control file is ascx. Which event fires when we click on button inside gridview ? RowCommand event fires when we click on button inside gridview. What is event bubbling ? Server controls like datagrid,datalist and repeater can have other child controls inside them.For example,datagrid can have combo box inside it.These child controls do not raise there events by themselves,rather they pass the event to the container parent (which can be datagrid,datalist or repeater),which passes it to the page as ItemCommand event.As the child control sends the event to parent it is termed as event bubbling.
What is the difference between Server.Transfer and Response.Redirect ? Response.Redirect send message to the browser saying it to move to some different page ,while Server.Transfer does not send any message to the browser but rather redirects the user directly from the server itself.So in Server.Transfer there is no round trip while Response.Redirect has a round trip and hence puts a load on the server. Using Server.Transfer you can not redirect to different from the server itself.For example,if your server is http://www.yahoo.com you can not use Server.Transfer to move to http://www.rediff.com ,but you can move tohttp://www.yahoo.com/tranvels i.e. within the website.Cross server redirection is only possible using Response.Redirect. With Server.Transfer you can preserve information.It has parameter called as preserveForm.Therefore, the existing query string etc. will be able in the calling page. If you are navigating within the website then user Server.Transfer else use Response.Redirect. What is the difference between Authentication and Authorization ? Authentication is verifying the identity of the user and authorization is the process where we check this identity has access rights to the system.Authorization is the process of allowing an authenticated user access to resource.Authentication always proceed to Authorization,event if your application lets anonymous users connect and use the application,it still authenticates them as anonymous. What is impersonation in ASP.NET ? By default,ASP.NET executes in the security context of a restricted user account on the local machine.Sometimes you need to access network resources such as file on a shared drive,which requires additional permissions.One way to overcome this restriction is to use impersonation.With impersonation,ASP.NET can execute the request using the identity of the client who is making the request ,or ASP.NET can impersonate a specific account you can specify the account in web.config. Which control in ASP.NET does not have any visible interface ? In ASP.NET,repeater control does not have any visible interface. What is the difference between server.transfer and server.execute method ? Server.transfer executes at the server side and the client is not aware about the change.So the URL does not change when server.transfer executes. Server.Execute executes the specified page and then returns back to original page.This can
be used in situtation where you want to go to a specific page, execute that page and then come back to the original page. What will happen if you change the web.config file at run time ? If you change the web.config at the runtime,then the application will start automatically. What is the difference between Response.Output.Write() and Response.Write() ? Both the methods are used to write the output.But Response.Output.Write() is used to write formatted output. Where is client side script located ? Client side script is located at server side.A copy of this code is send to client side when any request is received. How do we assign page specific attributes ? Page specific attributes are assigned using @Page directive. How do we ensure viewstate is not tampered ? Using the @Page directive and setting EnableViewState property to True. What is the use of @Register directives ? @Register directive informs the compiler of any custom server control added to the page. What is the use of Smart Navigation property ? Its a feature provided by ASP.NET to prevent flickering and redrawing when the page is posted back. What is Autopostback ? If we want the control to automatically post back in case any event,we will need to check this attribute as true.Example on a combo box change we need to send the event immediately to the server side then set the AutoPostBack attribute to true. How can you enable automatic paging in data grid ? Automatic paging in data grid can be done as follows 1. Set the Allow Paging to true. 2. In PageIndexChanged event set the current page index clicked. Explain in brief how the ASP.NET authentication process works ?
ASP.NET does not run by itself,it runs inside the process of IIS.Therefore,there are two authentication layers,which exists in ASP.NET system.First authentication happens at the IIS level and then at the ASP.NET level depending on the Web.config file.The whole process is as follows 1. IIS first checks to make sure the incoming request comes from an IP address that is allowed to access the domain.If not it denies the request. 2. Next IIS performs its own user authentication if it is configured to do so.By default IIS allows anonymous access,so requests are automatically authenticated,but you can change this default on a per-application basis within IIS. 3.If the request is passed to ASP.NET with an authenticated user,ASP.NET checks to see whether impersonation is enabled.If impersonation is enabled,ASP.NET acts as though it were the authenticated user.If not ASP.NET acts with its own configured account. 4. Finally,the identity from step 3 is used to request resources from the operating system.If ASP.NET authentication can obtain all the necessary resources it grants the users request otherwise it is denied.Resources can include much more than just the ASP.NET page itself you can also use ,NETs code access security features to extend this authorization step to disk files,Registry keys and other resources. What are the different sections of ASPX page ? Following are the different sections of ASPX page 1. Page directive This section is used to set up the environment and specifies how the page should be processed.You can also associate the code file,development language,transaction etc. 2. Code This section contains code to handle events that execute on the server based on the ASP.NET page processing model. 3. Page Layout The page layout is written in HTML that includes the HTML body,markup and style information.The HTML body might contain HTML tags,Visual Studio controls,user controls,code and simple text. What is caching in ASP.NET ? ASP.NET caching stores frequently accessed data or whole webpages in the memory,where
they can be retrieved faster than they could be from a file or database.This helps to improve the performance of the web application.There are two different types of caching in ASP.NET 1. Application caching This represents the collection of data that can be store an object in memory and automatically remove the object based on the memory limitations,time limits or other dependencies. 2. Page output caching This is ASP.NETs ability to store the rendered page,portion of a page in the memory to reduce the time required to render the page in future requests. Why is Global.asax used in ASP.NET ? Global.asax is used for managing the session and application events.In Global.asax,you can find five sub-routines i.e. Application_Start,Application_End,Application_Error,Session_Start and Session_End.These events can be used for creating log of the site.For eg,when the user opens the site Session_Start event fires.In the same way,other events are fired. By default how does ASP.NET stores sessionids ? By default,ASP.NET stores the sessionids in the cookies. What is Response Object in ASP.NET ? Response object represents the information going out from the server to the browser.So the response object is also called as output object.Response object represents the valid HTTP response that is received from the server.The properrties of the response objects are readonly.The different properties of the Response objects are 1. Body Gets the body of the HTTP response. Only the portion of the body stored in the response buffer is returned. 2. Path Gets the path that was requested. 3. Port Gets the server port used for the request. 4. Server Server name is recived that sends the respon What is Request Object in ASP.NET ? Request object represents the information going towards the server from the browser.So the request object is also called as input object.Request object represents an HTTP request before it has been sent to the server.The different properties of the Request objects are -
1. Body Gets or sets the HTTP request body 2. Path Gets or sets the path that was requested. 3. Headers Gets the HTTP Headers collection object 4. HTTPVersion Gets/Sets the HTTP version What is the difference between grid layout and flow layout ? Grid layout provides absolute positioning for controls placed on the page.Developers that gave their roots in rich client development environments like visual basic will find it easier to develop their pages using absolute positioning,because they can place items exactly where they want them.On the other hand, flow layout positions items down the page like traditional HTML.Experienced web developers favor this approach because it results pages that are compatible with the wider range of browsers. If you look in to the HTML code created by absolute positioning you can notice lot of DIV tags.While in flow layout, you can see more of using HTML table to position elements,which is compatible with the wide range of browsers. What is the difference between trace and debug in ASP.NET ? Debug and trace enables you to monitor the application for errors and exception without VS.NET IDE.In Debug mode,compiler inserts some debugging code inside the executable.As the debugging code is part of the executable they run on the same thread where the code runs and they do not give the exact efficiency of the code(as they run on the same thread). So for every full executable DLL you will see a debug file also as shown in Debug mode. Trace works in both debug as well release mode.The main advantage of using trace over debug is to do performance analysis which can not be done by debug.Trace runs on a different thread thus it does not impact the main code thread. There is also a fundamental difference in thinking when we want to use trace and when we want to use debug.Tracing is a process about getting information regarding programs execution.While debugging is about finding errors in the code. How can tracing be enabled in ASP.NET page ? To enable tracing on an ASP.NET page,put trace attribute to true on the page attribute.In the code behind,we can use the trace object to put tracing i.e. Trace.Write(Tracing has been started)
If you make the trace as false you will only see the actual display i.e. Tracing has been started.So you can enable and disable tracing with out actually compiling and uploading new dlls on production environment. Which namespace is needed to implement debug and trace ? System.Diagnostic namespace is needed to implement debug and trace in an ASP.NET page. What is XHTML? XHTML stands for Extensible Hypertext Markup Language.XHTML is cleaner version of HTML and it is recommended by W3C standard.Web pages developed in ASP.NET 2.0 are XHTML compliant. Can a application be developed using different programming languages ? Yes,application can be developed using different programming languages.You can create some pages in c# and some pages in vb.net. Is data reader supported by webservice ? No,data reader is not supported by the webservice.But webservice supports dataset. What is the use of machine key in ASP.NET ? Following are the uses of machine key in ASP.NET 1. Encrypt forms authentication tickets. 2. Encryption of viewstate. What are ajax extensions ? Following are the ajax extensions 1. Update Panel 2. Update Progress 3. Script Manager What is ajax control toolkit ? Ajax control toolkit is set of common resusable controls such as modelpopupextender,hovemenurcontrol etc.This is useful to extend our functionality easily.You can download ajax control toolkit fromhttp://www.asp.net/ajax What is meant by raw ajax ? Raw ajax means implementing ajax features with the help of xmlhttprequest object.We need to take care of xmlhttprequest compatibility with different browsers. What is the use of ajax ?
Ajax is mainly used to partially update part of the page asynchronously,so that complete page is not posted back to server and complete round trip is avoided.For implementing ajax manual progress bar is used since the progress bar of the browser does not shows loading when ajax response or request is send or received. What is the default file upload size for ASP.NET ? Default file upload size for ASP.NET is 4 MB.If you want to extend this limit then you can configure the maxrequestlength attribute of the httpruntime tag in the web.config file.For eg ,httpRuntime maxRequestLength=102400 What is viewstate in ASP.NET ? 1. Viewstate is the facility by which ASP.NET maintains the controls state accross postback at the client side.We can use the EnableViewState property of the control to configure viewstate. 2. By default the EnableViewState property is true. 3. Viewstate is stored in hidden html control i.e. __VIEWSTATE.In __VIEWSTATE,the information of controls is stored in the encrypted format. 4. You can use viewsource to view the content of the __VIEWSTATE. 5. Viewstates ae page specific. 6. We can not access viewstate from one page to another. 7. For enhancing the performance of an ASP.NET page,the content of the __VIEWSTATE should be less.Viewstate can be disabled by setting EnableViewState of the control to false. Why are the web applications developed in ASP.NET platform independent ? Browsers understand only html.This factor makes any web technology platform independent.For web applications that are developed using .NET,the application server should have windows operating system,.NET framework and IIS.Once these basic necessities are fulfilled,the web application developed in .NET can execute on Linux also. What is ASP.NET membership ? ASP.NET membership is a set of standard pre-defined constructs to implement functionality of role creation,user creation,role to user mapping and many other details.The advantage of using ASP.NET membership is we do not need to design separate database tables,write separate methods for user and role management. How to configure ASP.NET membership ?
To configure ASP.NET membership, open command prompt of visual studio i.e. Start -> Programs ->Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 -> Visual Studio Tools -> Visual Studio 2008 Command Prompt.Type the command aspnet_regsql.After executing this command you will be prompted by a wizard.Select the option,Configure SQL Server for application services.In this wizard we need to specify SQL database and authentication.Now open the table selection from the database.You can view some new tables which are automatically created such as aspnet_users,aspnet_membership etc.This can save the efforts to design user and role management database tables from the scratch. How to add confirmation prompt while deleting a record from the gridview ? Confirmation prompt can be added onclientclick return confirm(Do you want to delete this record ?); What is the difference between hyperlink and link button ? Following are the difference between hyperlink and link button 1. Link button has server side click event handler while hyperlink does not have any server side click event. 2. Instead,hyperlink has navigateURL property. Which control in ASP.NET is used to display hierarchical data ? In ASP.NET,treeview control is used to display data in hierarchy.In treeview,datatable can not binded directly.Instead,we need to add data in nodes. How many types of directives are available in ASP.NET ? There are 11 directives available in ASP.NET.These are as follows 1. @assembly This directive is used for linking the assembly with the current page or user control directory. 2. @Control This directive is used to define control specific attributes that are used in user controls i.e. ascx page. 3. @Implements- This directive indicates that the page or user control implements .NET Framework interface. 4. @Import This directive is used for importing namespace in page or user control.The Import directive cannot have more than one namespace attribute.To import multiple namespaces use multiple @Import directives.
5. @Master This directive is same as @Page directive except that it should be used in master pages. 6. @MasterType This directive is used for providing a way to create a strongly typed reference to the ASP.NET master page when the master page is accessed from the Master property. 7. @OutputCache This directive is used for controlling the output caching policies of an Asp.Net page or a user control contained in a page. 8. @Page This directive defines page specific attributes that can be used in asp.net page. 9. @PreviousPageType This directive is used for providing a way to get strong typing against the previous page, as accessed through the PreviousPage property. 10 @Reference -This directive is used for indicating that another user control or page source file should be dynamically compiled and linked against the page in which this directive is declared. 11 @Register-This directive is used for associating aliases with namespaces and class names for concise notation in custom server control. Which dll is used to convert xml to sql in IIS ? SQLISAPI.dll is used to convert xml to sql in IIS. In which session state mode does Session_End fires ? Session_End fires in InProc session state mode. Which state management technique depend on buffering ? QueryString depend on buffering. Which validation control does not has control to validate property ? ValidationSummary control does not has control to validate property. Which are the intrinsic objects in ASP.NET ? Intrensic objects are built-in objects of ASP.NET that run on a Web server.Following are the intrinsic objects in ASP.NET 1. Application Application object provides a reference to an object of the HttpApplicationState class.Application object is used for accessing the information of the entire web application.
2. Request Request object provides a reference to an object of the HttpRequest class.Request object is used by ASP.NET application for receiving the information send by the client during a Web request. 3. Response Response object provides a reference to an object of the HttpResponse class.Response object is used by ASP.NET application for sending the information to the client. 4. Server Server object provides a reference to an object of the HttpServerUtility class.Server object is used for communicating with web server.It provides methods that ca be used to access the methods and properties of the Web server. 5. Session Session object provides a reference to an object of the HttpSessionState class.Session object is used for accessing the session and storing information pertaining to the client.Session starts when client connects to the web site and session ends when the client disconnects.Also,the session terminates if the client is inactive for specific period. The default timeout period is 20 minutes. What is the difference between DateTime.Now() and DateTime.Today() ? Both the functions DateTime.Now() and DateTime.Today() returns the system date.But DateTime.Now() contains time along with the date and DateTime.Today() contains only date. How to call the client side code after executing server side code ? To call the client side code after executing server side code,the method ClientScript.RegisterStartupScript can be used.For eg, ClientScript.RegisterStartupScript(this.getType(),Script,alert(Record Saved Successfully);,true); What is LINQ ? LINQ (Language Integrated Query) -LINQ defines a set of method names (called standard query operators, or standard sequence operators), along with translation rules from socalled query expressions to expressions using these method names, lambda expressions and anonymous types. These can, for example, be used to project and filter data into arrays, enumerable classes, XML (LINQ to XML), relational databases, and third party data sources.The following are different types of LINQ -
1.Linq To Object It is mainly used to filter ,sort in memory objects such as datatable,array etc.For eg, var test=from dr in dt AsEnumerable(); where dr["Empid"]==1; select dr; Here var is anonymous type. Above linq expression will search record from the datatable dt whose empid is 1.Linq to object is an alternate way to datatable methods like filter,sort etc. 2.Linq To SQL It is used to manipulate data in database. 3. Linq To XML It is used to filter data from XML in an effective manner. How to change Regional language setting date format using .net ? Date format can be changed using the following code Microsoft.Win32.Registry.SetValue(HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\International, sShortDate, M/d/yyyy) Here I have considered the date format as M/d/yyyy.You can change it as per your requirement.After executing this code,the changes can be seen Regional and Language Options i.e. Control Panel -> Regional and Language Options. What are the various ways of authentication techniques in ASP.NET Selecting an authentication provider is as simple as making an entry in the web.config file for the application. You can use one of these entries to select the corresponding built in authentication provider1. authentication mode=windows 2. authentication mode=passport 3. authentication mode=forms
4. Custom authentication where you might install an ISAPI filter in IIS that compares incoming requests to list of source IP addresses, and considers requests to be authenticated if they come from an acceptable address. In that case, you would set the authentication mode to none to prevent any of the .net authentication providers from being triggered. Windows authentication and IIS If you select windows authentication for your ASP.NET application, you also have to configure authentication within IIS. This is because IIS provides Windows authentication. IIS gives you a choice for four different authentication methods Anonymous, basic, digest and windows integrated If you select anonymous authentication, IIS does not perform any authentication, any one is allowed to access the ASP.NET application. If you select basic authentication, users must provide a windows username and password to connect. How ever, this information is sent over the network in clear text, which makes basic authentication very much insecure over the internet. If you select digest authentication, users must still provide a windows user name and password to connect. However, the password is hashed before it is sent across the network. Digest authentication requires that all users be running Internet Explorer 5 or later and that windows accounts to stored in active directory. If you select windows integrated authentication, passwords never cross the network. Users must still have a username and password, but the application uses the Kerberos or challenge/response protocols authenticate the user. Windows-integrated authentication requires that all users be running internet explorer 3.01 or later Kerberos is a network authentication protocol. It is designed to provide strong authentication for client/server applications by using secret-key cryptography. Kerberos is a solution to network security problems. It provides the tools of authentication and strong cryptography over the network to help to secure information in systems across entire enterprise Passport authentication
Passport authentication lets you to use Microsofts passport service to authenticate users of your application. If your users have signed up with passport, and you configure the authentication mode of the application to the passport authentication, all authentication duties are off-loaded to the passport servers. Passport uses an encrypted cookie mechanism to indicate authenticated users. If users have already signed into passport when they visit your site, they will be considered authenticated by ASP.NET. Otherwise, they will be redirected to the passport servers to log in. When they are successfully log in, they will be redirected back to your site To use passport authentication you have to download the Passport Software Development Kit (SDK) and install it on your server. The SDK can be found at http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/downloads/list/websrvpass.aps. It includes full details of implementing passport authentication in your own applications. Forms authentication Forms authentication provides you with a way to handle authentication using your own custom logic with in an ASP.NET application. The following applies if you choose forms authentication. 1. When a user requests a page for the application, ASP.NET checks for the presence of a special session cookie. If the cookie is present, ASP.NET assumes the user is authenticate How does authorization work in ASP.NET? ASP.NET impersonation is controlled by entries in the applications web.config file. The default setting is no impersonation. You can explicitly specify that ASP.NET should not use impersonation by including the following code in the file identity impersonate=false It means that ASP.NET will not perform any authentication and runs with its own privileges. By default, ASP.NET runs as an unprivileged account named ASPNET. You can change this by making a setting in the process Model section of the machine.config file. When you make this setting, it automatically applies to every site on the server. To user a high-privileged system account instead of a low-privileged set the username attribute of the process Model
element to SYSTEM. Using this setting is a definite security risk, as it elevates the privileges of the ASP.NET process to a point where it can do bad things to the operating system. When you disable impersonation, all the request will run in the context of the account running ASP.NET: either the ASPNET account or the system account. This is true when you are using anonymous access or authenticating users in some fashion. After the user has been authenticated, ASP.NET uses its own identity to request access to resources. The second possible setting is to turn on impersonation. identity impersonate =true In this case, ASP.NET takes on the identity IIS passes to it. If you are allowing anonymous access in IIS, this means ASP.NET will impersonate the IUSR_ComputerName account that IIS itself uses. If you are not allowing anonymous access, ASP.NET will take on the credentials of the authenticated user and make requests for resources as if it were that user. Thus by turning impersonation on and using a non-anonymous method of authentication in IIS, you can let users log on and use their identities within your ASP.NET application. Finally, you can specify a particular identity to use for all authenticated requests identity impersonate=true username=DOMAIN\username password=password With this setting, all the requests are made as the specified user (Assuming the password it correct in the configuration file). Therefore, for example you could designate a user for a single application, and use that users identity every time someone authenticates to the application. The drawback to this technique is that you must embed the us ers password in the web.config file in plain text. Although ASP.NET will not allow anyone to download this file, this is still a security risk if anyone can get the file by other means. What is difference between Data grid, Datalist, and repeater? A Data grid, Datalist and Repeater are all ASP.NET data Web controls. They have many things in common like Data Source Property, Data Bind Method ItemDataBound, and Item Created.
When you assign the Data Source Property of a Data grid to a Dataset then each Data Row present in the Data Row Collection of Data Table is assigned to a corresponding DataGridItem and this is same for the rest of the two controls. However, The HTML code generated for a Data grid has an HTML TABLE ROW element created for the particular Data Row and it is a Table form representation with Columns and Rows. For a Datalist it is an Array of Rows and based on the Template Selected and the Repeat Column Property value we can specify how many Data Source records should appear per HTML table row. In short, in data grid, we have one record per row, but in data list, we can have five or six rows per row. For a Repeater Control, the Data records to be displayed depend upon the Templates specified and the only HTML generated is the due to the Templates. In addition to these, Data grid has a in-built support for Sort, Filter and paging the Data, which is not possible when using a Data List and for a Repeater Control we would require to write an explicit code to do paging. How to decide on the design consideration to take a Data grid,data list, or repeater? Many make a blind choice of choosing data grid directly, but that is not the right way. Data grid provides ability to allow the end-user to sort, page, and edit its data. However, it comes at a cost of speed. Second, the display format is simple that is in row and columns. Real life scenarios can be more demanding that With its templates, the Data List provides more control over the look and feel of the displayed data than the Data Grid. It offers better performance than data grid Repeater control allows for complete and total control. With the Repeater, the only HTML emitted are the values of the data binding statements in the templates along with the HTML markup specified in the templatesno extra HTML is emitted, as with the Data Grid and Data List. By requiring the developer to specify the complete generated HTML markup, the Repeater often requires the longest development time. However, repeater does not provide editing features like data grid so everything has to be coded by programmer. However, the Repeater does boast the best performance of the three data Web controls. Repeater is fastest followed by Datalist and finally data grid. Difference between ASP and ASP.NET? ASP.NET new feature supports are as follows:-
Better Language Support New ADO.NET Concepts have been implemented. ASP.NET supports full language (C#, VB.NET, C++) and not simple scripting like VBSCRIPT Better controls than ASP ASP.NET covers large sets of HTML controls.. Better Display grid like Data grid, Repeater and datalist.Many of the display grid havpaging support. Controls have events support All ASP.NET controls support events. Load, Click, and Change events handled by code makes coding much simpler and much better organized. Compiled Code The first request for an ASP.NET page on the server will compile the ASP.NET code and keep a cached copy in memory. The result of this is greatly increased performance. Better Authentication Support ASP.NET supports forms-based user authentication, including cookie management and automatic redirecting of unauthorized logins. (You can still do your custom login page and custom user checking). User Accounts and Roles ASP.NET allows for user accounts and roles, to give each user (with a given role) access to different server code and executables.
High Scalability Much has been done with ASP.NET to provide greater scalability. Server to server communication has been greatly enhanced, making it possible to scale an application over several servers. One example of this is the ability to run XML parsers, XSL transformations, and even resource hungry session objects on other servers. Easy Configuration Configuration of ASP.NET is done with plain text files. Configuration files can be uploaded or changed while the application is running. No need to restart the server. No more metabase or registry puzzle. Easy Deployment No more server restart to deploy or replace compiled code. ASP.NET simply redirects all new requests to the new code. What are major events in GLOBAL.ASAX file? The Global. Sax file, which is derived from the Http Application class, maintains a pool of Http Application objects, and assigns them to applications as needed. The Global. Sax file contains the following events: Application_Init: Fired when an application initializes or is first called. It is invoked for all Http Application object instances. Application Disposed: Fired just before an application is destroyed. This is the ideal location for cleaning up previously used resources. Application Error: Fired when an unhandled exception is encountered within the application. Application Start: Fired when the first instance of the Http Application class is created. It allows you to create objects that are accessible by all Http Application instances.
Application End: Fired when the last instance of an Http Application class is destroyed. It is fired only once during an applications lifetime. Application_BeginRequest: Fired when an application request is received. It is the first event fired for a request, which is often a page request (URL) that a user enters. Application_EndRequest: The last event fired for an application request. Application_PreRequestHandlerExecute: Fired before the ASP.NET page framework begins executing an event handler like a page or Web service. Application_PostRequestHandlerExecute: Fired when the ASP.NET page framework has finished executing an event handler. Applcation_PreSendRequestHeaders: Fired before the ASP.NET page framework sends HTTP headers to a requesting client (browser). Application_PreSendContent: Fired before the ASP.NET page framework send content to a requesting client (browser). Application_AcquireRequestState: Fired when the ASP.NET page framework gets the current state (Session state) related to the current request. Application_ReleaseRequestState: Fired when the ASP.NET page framework completes execution of all event handlers. This results in all state modules to save their current state data. Application_ResolveRequestCache: Fired when the ASP.NET page framework completes an authorization request. It allows caching modules to serve the request from the cache, thus bypassing handler execution. Application_UpdateRequestCache: Fired when the ASP.NET page framework completes handler execution to allow caching modules to store responses to be used to handle subsequent requests. Application_AuthenticateRequest: Fired when the security module has established the current users identity as valid. At this point, the users credentials have been validated.
Application_AuthorizeRequest: Fired when the security module has verified that a user can access resources. Session Start: Fired when a new user visits the application Web site. Session End: Fired when a users session times out, en ds, or they leave the application Web site. What is the order events triggering in GLOBAL.ASAX file ? They are triggered in the following order: Application_BeginRequest Application_AuthenticateRequest Application_AuthorizeRequest Application_ResolveRequestCache Application_AcquireRequestState Application_PreRequestHandlerExecute Application_PreSendRequestHeaders Application_PreSendRequestContent Code is executed Application_PostRequestHandlerExecute Application_ReleaseRequestState Application_UpdateRequestCache Application_EndRequest.
If client side validation is enabled in your Web page, does that mean server side code is not run. When client side validation is enabled server emits JavaScript code for the custom validators. However, note that does not mean that server side checks on custom validators do not execute. It does this redundant check two times, as some of the validators do not support client side scripting. Which JavaScript file is referenced for validating the validators at the client side? WebUIValidation.js JavaScript file installed at aspnet_client root IIS directory is used to validate the validation controls at the client side Which is the common property of all validation controls ? ControlToValidate is the common property of all validation controls. What data type is returned by the IsPostback property ? Boolean data type is returned by the IsPostback property. How to create FileSystemObject in ASP.NET ? FileSystemObject can be created using the method Server.CreateObject(Scripting.FileSystemObject). Give the name of state management technique that rely on buffering ? Querystrings is the state management technique that rely on buffering. In ASP.NET,what is used for validating the complex string patterns ? In ASP.NET,regular expression is used for validating the complex string patterns. How can we prevent a browser from caching web page ? In ASP.NET,browser can be prevented from caching a web page using the method Response.Cache.SetNoStore(). Give the name of datasource control that does not implement caching ? In ASP.NET,LinqDataSource does not implement caching. LINQ is included in which .NET Framework ? LINQ is included in .NET Framework 3.5. How to evaluate the page execution time,request time and response time ? Bugzilla is used to evaluate the page execution time,request time and response time. Do html controls perform rendering ? Html controls does not perform rendering since all the browsers understand the html tags. What does XBAP stands for ? XBAP stands for XAML Browser Application .It is a new Windows technology used for creating Rich Internet Applications.The extension of the executable file is .xabp and it can
be executed in internet browser. How to restrict a class from being inhertited by another class ? The keywod sealed can be used for restricting a class from being inhertited by another class. Which type of authentication is not used by IIS ? Forms type of authentication is not used by IIS. Is session a method to maintain client side state ? No,session is not a method to maintain client side state since session value is stored in server memory. In the connection string,what do we specify at Initial Catalog ? In the connection string, Initial Catalog is used for defining the database name.The example of connection string is as, User ID=sa;Pwd=sa;Initial Catalog=DB;server=192.168.0.42 Which control displays a single record at a time ? FormView control displays a single record at a time. Is it possible to add multiple skins on a single page ? Yes,it is possible to add multiple skins on a single page. Does form authentication work if cookies are not enabled in browser ? Yes,form authentication work if cookies are not enabled in browser. What is the default port number the protocol https is used ? The default port number of https protocol is 443. When was ASP.NET launched ? The first version of ASP.NET was launched in January 2002 with version 1.0 of the .NET Framework. Is timer control available in ASP.NET ? There is no build in timer control in ASP.NET.But timer control is provided in AJAX.For using this AJAX timer control you need to incorporate AJAX in your ASP.NET web application. What do you mean by round trip in ASP.NET ? In ASP.NET,when a button is clicked,the information is send to server.This information is processed at the server end and the result is returned to the browser.This sequence of sending information,processing information and getting the result is known an round trip. Web pages are stateless.What does this means ? In the client server architecture,the web pages are created from scratch every time round trip occurs.When any information is send to server,it processes it and creates the result.But
it does not preserve any information.Everything is developed from scratch and discarded once the result is posted to the client.So the web pages are said to be stateless. DataGridView control is available in windows application and gridview control is available in web application.Both of these controls support datasource property.Is the databind method available in both the controls i.e. datagridview and gridview. No,databind method is not available in both the controls.Databind method is available in gridview but in datagridview this method is not available. What are the characteristics of a website ? The following are the characteristics of a website 1. Website is nothing but collection of web pages to server a specific purpose. 2. To access a website one should have browser and internet connection. 3. Website are by nature platform independent since the browser only understands HTML. 4. Websites are very seamless to deploy the web pages at the central location. 5. To host a website one should use application server. 6. There are number of application servers such as IIS,apache tomcat etc. What is the basic sequence of events in ASP.NET ? Suppose the user clicks on server side button and button is configured for the onclientclick(Client side event) and onclick(server side event) event.Then the onclientclick event will fire first followed by the onclick event. What is the use of connection string in .NET ? Connection string is used for authenticating the database for accessing the information from the database.Connection string contains server name,database name,user id,password and database provider. What is the difference between ASP.NET server control and html control ? ASP.NET server controls are advanced controls having its own properties and methods.These controls are event driven.When a specific event is triggered,the attached procedure executes.This procedure executes on the server and the end result is returned to the client.
HTML controls are simple controls.These controls are also event driven but the procedure or function attached to the event executes at the client side.The execution speed of html control is faster than server control since it executes at client side and the round trip is avoided. For eg,consider two button controls.One is server control and other is html control.Both these controls have onclick event.Just assume that both the controls display a message Hello world when they are clicked.When the server control in clicked,the procedure will be called and executed on the server.The message will be returned.When the html button is clicked,the javascript function will the called and the message will be displayed.For the server control postback will occur.But for html control,postback will not occur. When the requirement is very simple then html control can be used.When the requirement is complex such as interacting with the database server,then server control should be used.In short,just analyse your requirement.When the processing can be done at the client side,then use html control.When the processing can be done on the server,then use server control. For eg,you want to find the addition of two numbers.These two numbers are placed in two textboxes.In this case,add a html button and call a javascript that gets the values from these two textboxes and adds it.Now assume that you want to find the salary of employee which is saved in database.In this case,add a server button and onclick event write a procedure that executes a query and gets the salary of employee. What is the difference between session and viewstate ? Following are the differences between session and viewstate1.Both session and viewstate are used for saving data.But session saves the data as per user session.The data persist as long as session is alive.Once the session is destroyed or expires,the data from the session object is destroyed.Viewstate saves data pagewise.The data persists as long as page is alive.Once the page is unloaded,the data from viewstate is destroyed. 2.The data of the session object is saved on the web server while the data of viewstate is stored at the client side.
3.Session variables are stored in a SessionStateItemCollection object that is accessed using HttpContext.Session property. ViewState variables are stored in hidden textbox.Right click on the page and select viewsource.You will find a text box as, input type=hidden name=__VIEWSTATE id=__VIEWSTATE value =/wEPDwUKLTE3NT 4.Session object has different modes such as InProc,StateServer,SQLServer,Custom and Off.There are no modes in Viewstate. How is web request handeled in ASP.NET ? Following are the steps of handeling a web request in ASP.NET 1. Suppose you enter the following url in the browser. http://www.example.com/index.aspx 2. This url is splitted into three parts as Protocol http Server Name http://www.example.com File Name index.aspx 3. Browser first communicates with the computer called as Domain Name Server.The communication between browser and the Domain Name Server is established with the help of internet.Domain Name Server finds the IP address of the server http://www.example.com. 4. Then the browser communicates with the web server at that IP address. 5. Server creates a request for the specified url and forwards the request to the web server to which it has established a connection. 6. The web server examines the page requested.If it is asp.net page,then some processing should be done by the asp.net service.So the request is then forwarded to asp.net process.The asp.net service processes the asp.net page and generates the html output. 7. This html output is send back to the browser by the web server.
8. The html code is rendered in the browser to show the web page. What is the difference between ByVal and ByRef i.e. passing value as parameter and passing reference as parameter ? When you use ByVal i.e. pass value as parameter,you create another variable which holds the value of original variable.This another variable consumes same memory as original variable and then it is used in the called procedure or function. When you use ByRef i.e. pass reference as parameter,the address of the variable is passed.While executing the procedure or function,the value from that particular address is fetched.You dont create another variable.So additional memory is not cons umed.This approach is very useful when the value of passed variable remains constant until the called procedure or function terminates. From code optimization point of view,you should use ByRef instead of ByVal. ByRef consumes low memory since replica of the variable is not created.Address of any variable is numeric and numeric data type consumes less memory. What is the base class of web forms ? Page is the base class of web forms.This page class is inherited from System.Web.UI namespace. What is session object in ASP.NET ? When you use any application on your computer,the computer knows what you are doing.It tracks each and every activity while the application is executing. This type of tracking system is not available on the internet since HTTP address does not maintain state.The web server does not know your identity and what you are doing.ASP.NET has resolved this problem by creating a unique cookie for each user.The cookie is send to users computer and it contains all the essential information for trac king the user and his activities.This interface is called the Session object. The information stored in the session object is session specific.When the user connects to the site new session is created and information is saved in cookie.Next time when he reconnects to the site new session is created.The information saved in session can be accessed by all the web pages but this information is lost once the session expires.So you can save information in the session object where the interaction or transaction last for short interval of time i.e. transaction time should be less than session time.If you are interacting with the site for more than hour than it is not advisable to store information in session
object. What is use of InStr function ? InStr function is used for finding the position of the character or string.For eg, consider the following example, InStr(Test, t) In the above example,the input string is Test and we want to find the position of the character t.Since the position of the character t is 4 then output of the above example is 4.Now consider another example. InStr(Test, es) In the above example,the output will be 2. What is the difference between Response.Cookies and Request.Cookies ? Response.Cookies are the cookies that are send from server to browser. Request.Cookies are the cookies that are send from browser to server. More Question 1. What is ASP.Net? It is a framework developed by Microsoft on which we can develop new generation web sites using web forms(aspx), MVC, HTML, Javascript, CSS etc. Its successor of Microsoft Active Server Pages(ASP). Currently there is ASP.NET 4.0, which is used to develop web sites. There are various page extensions provided by Microsoft that are being used for web site development. Eg: aspx, asmx, ascx, ashx, cs, vb, html, xml etc. 2. Whats the use of Response.Output.Write()? We can write formatted output using Response.Output.Write().
3. In which event of page cycle is the ViewState available? After the Init() and before the Page_Load(). 4. What is the difference between Server.Transfer and Response.Redirect? In Server.Transfer page processing transfers from one page to the other page without making a round-trip back to the clients browser. This provides a faster response with a little less overhead on the server. The clients url history list or current url Server does not update in case of Server.Transfer. Response.Redirect is used to redirect the users browser to another page or site. It performs trip back to the client where the clients browser is r edirected to the new page. The users browser history list is updated to reflect the new address. 5. From which base class all Web Forms are inherited? Page class. 6. What are the different validators in ASP.NET? 1. Required field Validator 2. Range Validator 3. Compare Validator 4. Custom Validator 5. Regular expression Validator 6. Summary Validator 7. Which validator control you use if you need to make sure the values in two different controls matched? Compare Validator control. 8. What is ViewState? ViewState is used to retain the state of server-side objects between page post backs. 9. Where the viewstate is stored after the page postback? ViewState is stored in a hidden field on the page at client side. ViewState is transported to the client and back to the server, and is not stored on the server or any other external source. 10. How long the items in ViewState exists? They exist for the life of the current page. 11. What are the different Session state management options available in ASP.NET? 1. In-Process 2. Out-of-Process. In-Process stores the session in memory on the web server.
Out-of-Process Session state management stores data in an external server. The external server may be either a SQL Server or a State Server. All objects stored in session are required to be serializable for Out-of-Process state management. 12. How you can add an event handler? Using the Attributes property of server side control. e.g. btnSubmit.Attributes.Add(onMouseOver,JavascriptCode();) 13. What is caching? Caching is a technique used to increase performance by keeping frequently accessed data or files in memory. The request for a cached file/data will be accessed from cache instead of actual location of that file. 14. What are the different types of caching? ASP.NET has 3 kinds of caching : 1. Output Caching, 2. Fragment Caching, 3. Data Caching. 15. Which type if caching will be used if we want to cache the portion of a page instead of whole page? Fragment Caching: It caches the portion of the page generated by the request. For that, we can create user controls with the below code: <%@ OutputCache Duration=120 VaryByParam=CategoryID;SelectedID%> 16. List the events in page life cycle. 1) Page_PreInit 2) Page_Init 3) Page_InitComplete 4) Page_PreLoad 5) Page_Load 6) Page_LoadComplete 7) Page_PreRender 8)Render 17. Can we have a web application running without web.Config file? Yes 18. Is it possible to create web application with both webforms and mvc? Yes. We have to include below mvc assembly references in the web forms application to create hybrid application. System.Web.Mvc
System.Web.Razor System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations 19. Can we add code files of different languages in App_Code folder? No. The code files must be in same language to be kept in App_code folder. 20. What is Protected Configuration? It is a feature used to secure connection string information. 21. Write code to send e-mail from an ASP.NET application? MailMessage mailMess = new MailMessage (); mailMess.From = abc@gmail.com; mailMess.To = xyz@gmail.com; mailMess.Subject = Test email; mailMess.Body = Hi This is a test mail.; SmtpMail.SmtpServer = localhost; SmtpMail.Send (mailMess); MailMessage and SmtpMail are classes defined System.Web.Mail namespace. 22. How can we prevent browser from caching an ASPX page? We can SetNoStore on HttpCachePolicy object exposed by the Response objects Cache property: Response.Cache.SetNoStore (); Response.Write (DateTime.Now.ToLongTimeString ()); 23. What is the good practice to implement validations in aspx page? Client-side validation is the best way to validate data of a web page. It reduces the network traffic and saves server resources. 24. What are the event handlers that we can have in Global.asax file? Application Events: Application_Start , Application_End, Application_AcquireRequestState, Application_AuthenticateRequest, Application_AuthorizeRequest, Application_BeginRequest, Application_Disposed, Application_EndRequest, Application_Error, Application_PostRequestHandlerExecute, Application_PreRequestHandlerExecute, Application_PreSendRequestContent, Application_PreSendRequestHeaders, Application_ReleaseRequestState, Application_ResolveRequestCache, Application_UpdateRequestCache Session Events: Session_Start,Session_End 25. Which protocol is used to call a Web service? HTTP Protocol 26. Can we have multiple web config files for an asp.net application?
Yes. 27. What is the difference between web config and machine config? Web config file is specific to a web application where as machine config is specific to a machine or server. There can be multiple web config files into an application where as we can have only one machine config file on a server. 28. Explain role based security ? Role Based Security used to implement security based on roles assigned to user groups in the organization. Then we can allow or deny users based on their role in the organization. Windows defines several built-in groups, including Administrators, Users, and Guests. <AUTHORIZATION>< authorization > < allow roles=Domain_Name\Administrators / > < ! Allow Administrators in domain. > < deny users=* / > < ! Deny anyone else. > < /authorization > 29. What is Cross Page Posting? When we click submit button on a web page, the page post the data to the same page. The technique in which we post the data to different pages is called Cross Page posting. This can be achieved by setting POSTBACKURL property of the button that causes the postback. Findcontrol method of PreviousPage can be used to get the posted values on the page to which the page has been posted. 30. How can we apply Themes to an asp.net application? We can specify the theme in web.config file. Below is the code example to apply theme: <configuration> <system.web> <pages theme=Windows7 /> </system.web> </configuration> 31: What is RedirectPermanent in ASP.Net? RedirectPermanent Performs a permanent redirection from the requested URL to the specified URL. Once the redirection is done, it also returns 301 Moved Permanently responses. 32: What is MVC? MVC is a framework used to create web applications. The web application base builds on Model-View-Controller pattern which separates the application logic from
UI, and the input and events from the user will be controlled by the Controller. 33. Explain the working of passport authentication. First of all it checks passport authentication cookie. If the cookie is not available then the application redirects the user to Passport Sign on page. Passport service authenticates the user details on sign on page and if valid then stores the authenticated cookie on client machine and then redirect the user to requested page 34. What are the advantages of Passport authentication? All the websites can be accessed using single login credentials. So no need to remember login credentials for each web site. Users can maintain his/ her information in a single location. 35. What are the asp.net Security Controls? <asp:Login>: Provides a standard login capability that allows the users to enter their credentials <asp:LoginName>: Allows you to display the name of the logged-in user <asp:LoginStatus>: Displays whether the user is authenticated or not <asp:LoginView>: Provides various login views depending on the selected template <asp:PasswordRecovery>: email the users their lost password 36: How do you register JavaScript for webcontrols ? We can register javascript for controls using <CONTROL name>Attribtues.Add(scriptname,scripttext) method. 37. In which event are the controls fully loaded? Page load event. 38: what is boxing and unboxing? Boxing is assigning a value type to reference type variable. Unboxing is reverse of boxing ie. Assigning reference type variable to value type variable. 39. Differentiate strong typing and weak typing In strong typing, the data types of variable are checked at compile time. On the other hand, in case of weak typing the variable data types are checked at runtime. In case of strong typing, there is no chance of compilation error. Scripts use weak typing and hence issues arises at runtime. 40. How we can force all the validation controls to run? The Page.Validate() method is used to force all the validation controls to run and to perform validation. 41. List all templates of the Repeater control.
ItemTemplate AlternatingltemTemplate SeparatorTemplate HeaderTemplate FooterTemplate 42. List the major built-in objects in ASP.NET? Application Request Response Server Session Context Trace 43. What is the appSettings Section in the web.config file? The appSettings block in web config file sets the user-defined values for the whole application. For example, in the following code snippet, the specified ConnectionString section is used throughout the project for database connection: <em><configuration> <appSettings> <add key=ConnectionString value=server=local; pwd=password; database=default /> </appSettings></em> 44. Which data type does the RangeValidator control support? The data types supported by the RangeValidator control are Integer, Double, String, Currency, and Date. 45. What is the difference between an HtmlInputCheckBox control and an HtmlInputRadioButton control? In HtmlInputCheckBoxcontrol, multiple item selection is possible whereas in HtmlInputRadioButton controls, we can select only single item from the group of items. 46. Which namespaces are necessary to create a localized application? System.Globalization System.Resources 47. What are the different types of cookies in ASP.NET? Session Cookie Resides on the client machine for a single session until the user does not log out.
Persistent Cookie Resides on a users machine for a period specified for its expiry, such as 10 days, one month, and never. 48. What is the file extension of web service? Web services have file extension .asmx.. 49. What are the components of ADO.NET? The components of ADO.Net are Dataset, Data Reader, Data Adaptor, Command, connection. 50. What is the difference between ExecuteScalar and ExecuteNonQuery? ExecuteScalar returns output value where as ExecuteNonQuery does not return any value. ExecuteScalar used for fetching a single value and ExecuteNonQuery used to execute Insert and Update statements. 50 More Question for OOPS 1. What is OOPS? OOPS is abbreviated as Object Oriented Programming system in which programs are considered as a collection of objects. Each object is nothing but an instance of a class. 2. Write basic concepts of OOPS? Following are the concepts of OOPS and are as follows:. Abstraction. Encapsulation. Inheritance. Polymorphism. 3. What is a class? Class is a collection of the object, and it has common structure and behavior. 4. What is an object? Object is termed as an instance of a class, and it has its own state, behavior and identity. 5. What is Encapsulation? Encapsulation is an attribute of an object, and it contains all data which is hidden. That hidden data can be restricted to the members of that class. Levels are Public, Protected, Private, Internal and Protected Internal. 6. What is Polymorphism? Polymorphism is nothing but assigning behavior or value in a subclass to something that was already declared in the main class. Simply, polymorphism takes more than one form. 7. What is Inheritance? Inheritance is a concept where one class shares the structure and behavior defined in another class. If inheritance applied on one class is called Single Inheritance, and if it
depends on multiple classes, then it is called multiple Inheritance. 8. What are manipulators? Manipulators are the functions which can be used in conjunction with the insertion (<<) and extraction (>>) operators on an object. Examples are endl and setw. 9. Define a constructor? Constructor is a method used to initialize the state of an object, and it gets invoked at the time of object creation. Rules for constructor are:. Constructor Name should be same as class name. Constructor must have no return type. 10. Define Destructor? Destructor is a method which is automatically called when the object is made of scope or destroyed. Destructor name is also same as class name but with the tilde symbol before the name. 11. What is Inline function? Inline function is a technique used by the compilers and instructs to insert complete body of the function wherever that function is used in the program source code. 12. What is a virtual function? Virtual function is a member function of class and its functionality can be overridden in its derived class. This function can be implemented by using a keyword called virtual, and it can be given during function declaration. Virtual function can be achieved in C++, and it can be achieved in C Language by using function pointers or pointers to function. 13. What is friend function? Friend function is a friend of a class that is allowed to access to Public, private or protected data in that same class. If the function is defined outside the class cannot access such information. Friend can be declared anywhere in the class declaration, and it cannot be affected by access control keywords like private, public or protected. 14. What is function overloading? Function overloading is defined as a normal function, but it has the ability to perform different tasks. It allows creation of several methods with the same name which differ from each other by type of input and output of the function. Example void add(int& a, int& b); void add(double& a, double& b); void add(struct bob& a, struct bob& b);
15. What is operator overloading? Operator overloading is a function where different operators are applied and depends on the arguments. Operator,-,* can be used to pass through the function , and it has their own precedence to execute. Example: class complex { double real, imag; public: complex(double r, double i) : real(r), imag(i) {} complex operator+(complex a, complex b); complex operator*(complex a, complex b); complex& operator=(complex a, complex b); } a=1.2, b=6 16. What is an abstract class? An abstract class is a class which cannot be instantiated. Creation of an object is not possible with abstract class , but it can be inherited. An abstract class can contain only Abstract method. 17. What is a ternary operator? Ternary operator is set to be an operator which takes three arguments. Arguments and results are of different data types , and it is depends on the function. Ternary operator is also called as conditional operator. 18. What is the use of finalize method? Finalize method helps to perform cleanup operations on the resources which are not currently used. Finalize method is protected , and it is accessible only through this class or by a derived class. 19. What are different types of arguments? A parameter is a variable used during the declaration of the function or subroutine and arguments are passed to the function , and it should match with the parameter defined. There are two types of Arguments. Call by Value Value passed will get modified only inside the function , and it returns the same value whatever it is passed it into the function. Call by Reference Value passed will get modified in both inside and outside the functions and it returns the same or different value. 20. What is super keyword?
Super keyword is used to invoke overridden method which overrides one of its superclass methods. This keyword allows to access overridden methods and also to access hidden members of the superclass. It also forwards a call from a constructor to a constructor in the superclass. 21. What is method overriding? Method overriding is a feature that allows sub class to provide implementation of a method that is already defined in the main class. This will overrides the implementation in the superclass by providing the same method name, same parameter and same return type. 22. What is an interface? An interface is a collection of abstract method. If the class implements an inheritance, and then thereby inherits all the abstract methods of an interface. 23. What is exception handling? Exception is an event that occurs during the execution of a program. Exceptions can be of any type Run time exception, Error exceptions. Those exceptions are handled properly through exception handling mechanism like try, catch and throw keywords. 24. What are tokens? Token is recognized by a compiler and it cannot be broken down into component elements. Keywords, identifiers, constants, string literals and operators are examples of tokens. Even punctuation characters are also considered as tokens Brackets, Commas, Braces and Parentheses. 25. Difference between overloading and overriding? Overloading is static binding whereas Overriding is dynamic binding. Overloading is nothing but the same method with different arguments , and it may or may not return the same value in the same class itself. Overriding is the same method names with same arguments and return types associates with the class and its child class. 26. Difference between class and an object? An object is an instance of a class. Objects hold any i nformation , but classes dont have any information. Definition of properties and functions can be done at class and can be used by the object. Class can have sub-classes, and an object doesnt have sub-objects. 27. What is an abstraction? Abstraction is a good feature of OOPS , and it shows only the necessary details to the client of an object. Means, it shows only necessary details for an object, not the inner details of an object. Example When you want to switch On television, it not necessary to show all the functions of TV. Whatever is required to switch on TV will be showed by using abstract class.
28. What are access modifiers? Access modifiers determine the scope of the method or variables that can be accessed from other various objects or classes. There are 5 types of access modifiers , and they are as follows:. Private. Protected. Public. Friend. Protected Friend. 29. What is sealed modifiers? Sealed modifiers are the access modifiers where it cannot be inherited by the methods. Sealed modifiers can also be applied to properties, events and methods. This modifier cannot be applied to static members. 30. How can we call the base method without creating an instance? Yes, it is possible to call the base method without creating an instance. And that method should be,. Static method. Doing inheritance from that class.-Use Base Keyword from derived class. 31. What is the difference between new and override? The new modifier instructs the compiler to use the new implementation instead of the base class function. Whereas, Override modifier helps to override the base class function. 32. What are the various types of constructors? There are three various types of constructors , and they are as follows:. - Default Constructor With no parameters. - Parametric Constructor With Parameters. Create a new instance of a class and also passing arguments simultaneously. - Copy Constructor Which creates a new object as a copy of an existing object. 33. What is early and late binding? Early binding refers to assignment of values to variables during design time whereas late binding refers to assignment of values to variables during run time. 34. What is this pointer? THIS pointer refers to the current object of a class. THIS keyword is used as a pointer which differentiates between the current object with the global object. Basically, it refers to the current object. 35. What is the difference between structure and a class?
Structure default access type is public , but class access type is private. A structure is used for grouping data whereas class can be used for grouping data and methods. Structures are exclusively used for data and it doesnt require strict validation , but classes are used to encapsulates and inherit data which requires strict validation. 36. What is the default access modifier in a class? The default access modifier of a class is Private by default. 37. What is pure virtual function? A pure virtual function is a function which can be overridden in the derived class but cannot be defined. A virtual function can be declared as Pure by using the operator =0. Example -. Virtual void function1() // Virtual, Not pure Virtual void function2() = 0 //Pure virtual 38. What are all the operators that cannot be overloaded? Following are the operators that cannot be overloaded -. Scope Resolution (:: ) Member Selection (.) Member selection through a pointer to function (.*) 39. What is dynamic or run time polymorphism? Dynamic or Run time polymorphism is also known as method overriding in which call to an overridden function is resolved during run time, not at the compile time. It means having two or more methods with the same name, same signature but with different implementation. 40. Do we require parameter for constructors? No, we do not require parameter for constructors. 41. What is a copy constructor? This is a special constructor for creating a new object as a copy of an existing object. There will be always only on copy constructor that can be either defined by the user or the system. 42. What does the keyword virtual represented in the method definition? It means, we can override the method. 43. Whether static method can use non static members? False. 44. What are base class, sub class and super class? Base class is the most generalized class , and it is set to be a root class. Sub class is a class that inherits from one or more base classes.
Super class is another type of class from which another class inherits. 45. What is static and dynamic binding? Binding is nothing but the association of a name with the class. Static binding is a binding in which name can be associated with the class during compilation time , and it is also called as early Binding. Dynamic binding is a binding in which name can be associated with the class during execution time , and it is also called as Late Binding. 46. How many instances can be created for an abstract class? Zero instances will be created for an abstract class. 47. Which keyword can be used for overloading? Operator keyword is used for overloading. 48. What is the default access specifier in a class definition? Private access specifier is used in a class definition. 49. Which OOPS concept is used as reuse mechanism? Inheritance is the OOPS concept that can be used as reuse mechanism. 50. Which OOPS concept exposes only necessary information to the calling functions? Data Hiding / Abstraction 50 More question for sql server 1. What is DBMS? A Database Management System (DBMS) is a program that controls creation, maintenance and use of a database. DBMS can be termed as File Manager that manages data in a database rather than saving it in file systems. 2. What is RDBMS? RDBMS stands for Relational Database Management System. RDBMS store the data into the collection of tables, which is related by common fields between the columns of the table. It also provides relational operators to manipulate the data stored into the tables. Example: SQL Server. 3. What is SQL? SQL stands for Structured Query Language , and it is used to communicate with the Database. This is a standard language used to perform tasks such as retrieval, updation, insertion and deletion of data from a database. Standard SQL Commands are Select. 4. What is a Database? Database is nothing but an organized form of data for easy access, storing, retrieval and managing of data. This is also known as structured form of data which can be accessed in many ways.
Example: School Management Database, Bank Management Database. 5. What are tables and Fields? A table is a set of data that are organized in a model with Columns and Rows. Columns can be categorized as vertical, and Rows are horizontal. A table has specified number of column called fields but can have any number of rows which is called record. Example:. Table: Employee. Field: Emp ID, Emp Name, Date of Birth. Data: 201456, David, 11/15/1960. 6. What is a primary key? A primary key is a combination of fields which uniquely specify a row. This is a special kind of unique key, and it has implicit NOT NULL constraint. It means, Primary key values cannot be NULL. 7. What is a unique key? A Unique key constraint uniquely identified each record in the database. This provides uniqueness for the column or set of columns. A Primary key constraint has automatic unique constraint defined on it. But not, in the case of Unique Key. There can be many unique constraint defined per table, but only one Primary key constraint defined per table. 8. What is a foreign key? A foreign key is one table which can be related to the primary key of another table. Relationship needs to be created between two tables by referencing foreign key with the primary key of another table. 9. What is a join? This is a keyword used to query data from more tables based on the relationship between the fields of the tables. Keys play a major role when JOINs are used. 10. What are the types of join and explain each? There are various types of join which can be used to retrieve data and it depends on the relationship between tables. Inner join. Inner join return rows when there is at least one match of rows between the tables. Right Join. Right join return rows which are common between the tables and all rows of Right hand side table. Simply, it returns all the rows from the right hand side table even though there are no matches in the left hand side table.
Left Join. Left join return rows which are common between the tables and all rows of Left hand side table. Simply, it returns all the rows from Left hand side table even though there are no matches in the Right hand side table. Full Join. Full join return rows when there are matching rows in any one of the tables. This means, it returns all the rows from the left hand side table and all the rows from the right hand side table. 11. What is normalization? Normalization is the process of minimizing redundancy and dependency by organizing fields and table of a database. The main aim of Normalization is to add, delete or modify field that can be made in a single table. 12. What is Denormalization. DeNormalization is a technique used to access the data from higher to lower normal forms of database. It is also process of introducing redundancy into a table by incorporating data from the related tables. 13. What are all the different normalizations? The normal forms can be divided into 5 forms, and they are explained below -. First Normal Form (1NF):. This should remove all the duplicate columns from the table. Creation of tables for the related data and identification of unique columns. Second Normal Form (2NF):. Meeting all requirements of the first normal form. Placing the subsets of data in separate tables and Creation of relationships between the tables using primary keys. Third Normal Form (3NF):. This should meet all requirements of 2NF. Removing the columns which are not dependent on primary key constraints. Fourth Normal Form (3NF):. Meeting all the requirements of third normal form and it should not have multi- valued dependencies. 14. What is a View? A view is a virtual table which consists of a subset of data contained in a table. Views are not virtually present, and it takes less space to store. View can have data of one or more tables combined, and it is depending on the relationship. 15. What is an Index? An index is performance tuning method of allowing faster retrieval of records from the table.
An index creates an entry for each value and it will be faster to retrieve data. 16. What are all the different types of indexes? There are three types of indexes -. Unique Index. This indexing does not allow the field to have duplicate values if the column is unique indexed. Unique index can be applied automatically when primary key is defined. Clustered Index. This type of index reorders the physical order of the table and search based on the key values. Each table can have only one clustered index. NonClustered Index. NonClustered Index does not alter the physical order of the table and maintains logical order of data. Each table can have 999 nonclustered indexes. 17. What is a Cursor? A database Cursor is a control which enables traversal over the rows or records in the table. This can be viewed as a pointer to one row in a set of rows. Cursor is very much useful for traversing such as retrieval, addition and removal of database records. 18. What is a relationship and what are they? Database Relationship is defined as the connection between the tables in a database. There are various data basing relationships, and they are as follows:. One to One Relationship. One to Many Relationship. Many to One Relationship. Self-Referencing Relationship. 19. What is a query? A DB query is a code written in order to get the information back from the database. Query can be designed in such a way that it matched with our expectation of the result set. Simply, a question to the Database. 20. What is subquery? A subquery is a query within another query. The outer query is called as main query, and inner query is called subquery. SubQuery is always executed first, and the result of subquery is passed on to the main query. 21. What are the types of subquery? There are two types of subquery Correlated and Non-Correlated. A correlated subquery cannot be considered as independent query, but it can refer the column in a table listed in the FROM the list of the main query. A Non-Correlated sub query can be considered as independent query and the output of
subquery are substituted in the main query. 22. What is a stored procedure? Stored Procedure is a function consists of many SQL statement to access the database system. Several SQL statements are consolidated into a stored procedure and execute them whenever and wherever required. 23. What is a trigger? A DB trigger is a code or programs that automatically execute with response to some event on a table or view in a database. Mainly, trigger helps to maintain the integrity of the database. Example: When a new student is added to the student database, new records should be created in the related tables like Exam, Score and Attendance tables. 24. What is the difference between DELETE and TRUNCATE commands? DELETE command is used to remove rows from the table, and WHERE clause can be used for conditional set of parameters. Commit and Rollback can be performed after delete statement. TRUNCATE removes all rows from the table. Truncate operation cannot be rolled back. 25. What are local and global variables and their differences? Local variables are the variables which can be used or exist inside the function. They are not known to the other functions and those variables cannot be referred or used. Variables can be created whenever that function is called. Global variables are the variables which can be used or exist throughout the program. Same variable declared in global cannot be used in functions. Global variables cannot be created whenever that function is called. 26. What is a constraint? Constraint can be used to specify the limit on the data type of table. Constraint can be specified while creating or altering the table statement. Sample of constraint are. NOT NULL. CHECK. DEFAULT. UNIQUE. PRIMARY KEY. FOREIGN KEY. 27. What is data Integrity? Data Integrity defines the accuracy and consistency of data stored in a database. It can also define integrity constraints to enforce business rules on the data when it is entered into the application or database.
28. What is Auto Increment? Auto increment keyword allows the user to create a unique number to be generated when a new record is inserted into the table. AUTO INCREMENT keyword can be used in Oracle and IDENTITY keyword can be used in SQL SERVER. Mostly this keyword can be used whenever PRIMARY KEY is used. 29. What is the difference between Cluster and Non-Cluster Index? Clustered index is used for easy retrieval of data from the database by altering the way that the records are stored. Database sorts out rows by the column which is set to be clustered index. A nonclustered index does not alter the way it was stored but creates a complete separate object within the table. It point back to the original table rows after searching. 30. What is Datawarehouse? Datawarehouse is a central repository of data from multiple sources of information. Those data are consolidated, transformed and made available for the mining and online processing. Warehouse data have a subset of data called Data Marts. 31. What is Self-Join? Self-join is set to be query used to compare to itself. This is used to compare values in a column with other values in the same column in the same table. ALIAS ES can be used for the same table comparison. 32. What is Cross-Join? Cross join defines as Cartesian product where number of rows in the first table multiplied by number of rows in the second table. If suppose, WHERE clause is used in cross join then the query will work like an INNER JOIN. 33. What is user defined functions? User defined functions are the functions written to use that logic whenever required. It is not necessary to write the same logic several times. Instead, function can be called or executed whenever needed. 34. What are all types of user defined functions? Three types of user defined functions are. Scalar Functions. Inline Table valued functions. Multi statement valued functions. Scalar returns unit, variant defined the return clause. Other two types return table as a return. 35. What is collation? Collation is defined as set of rules that determine how character data can be sorted and
compared. This can be used to compare A and, other language characters and also depends on the width of the characters. ASCII value can be used to compare these character data. 36. What are all different types of collation sensitivity? Following are different types of collation sensitivity -. Case Sensitivity A and a and B and b. Accent Sensitivity. Kana Sensitivity Japanese Kana characters. Width Sensitivity Single byte character and double byte character. 37. Advantages and Disadvantages of Stored Procedure? Stored procedure can be used as a modular programming means create once, store and call for several times whenever required. This supports faster execution instead of executing multiple queries. This reduces network traffic and provides better security to the data. Disadvantage is that it can be executed only in the Database and utilizes more memory in the database server. 38. What is Online Transaction Processing (OLTP)? Online Transaction Processing or OLTP manages transaction based applications which can be used for data entry and easy retrieval processing of data. This processing makes like easier on simplicity and efficiency. It is faster, more accurate results and expenses with respect to OTLP. Example Bank Transactions on a daily basis. 39. What is CLAUSE? SQL clause is defined to limit the result set by providing condition to the query. This usually filters some rows from the whole set of records. Example Query that has WHERE condition Query that has HAVING condition. 40. What is recursive stored procedure? A stored procedure which calls by itself until it reaches some boundary condition. This recursive function or procedure helps programmers to use the same set of code any number of times. 41. What is Union, minus and Interact commands? UNION operator is used to combine the results of two tables, and it eliminates duplicate rows from the tables. MINUS operator is used to return rows from the first query but not from the second query. Matching records of first and second query and other rows from the first query will be
displayed as a result set. INTERSECT operator is used to return rows returned by both the queries. 42. What is an ALIAS command? ALIAS name can be given to a table or column. This alias name can be referred in WHERE clause to identify the table or column. Example-. Select st.StudentID, Ex.Result from student st, Exam as Ex where st.studentID = Ex. StudentID Here, st refers to alias name for student table and Ex refers to alias name for exam table. 43. What is the difference between TRUNCATE and DROP statements? TRUNCATE removes all the rows from the table, and it cannot be rolled back. DROP command removes a table from the database and operation cannot be rolled back. 44. What are aggregate and scalar functions? Aggregate functions are used to evaluate mathematical calculation and return single values. This can be calculated from the columns in a table. Scalar functions return a single value based on the input value. Example -. Aggregate max(), count Calculated with respect to numeric. Scalar UCASE(), NOW() Calculated with respect to strings. 45. How can you create an empty table from an existing table? Example will be -. Select * into studentcopy from student where 1=2. Here, we are copying student table to another table with the same structure with no rows copied. 46. How to fetch common records from two tables? Common records result set can be achieved by -. Select studentID from student. <strong>INTERSECT </strong> Select StudentID from Exam. 47. How to fetch alternate records from a table? Records can be fetched for both Odd and Even row numbers -. To display even numbers-. Select studentId from (Select rowno, studentId from student) where mod(rowno,2)=0. To display odd numbers-.
Select studentId from (Select rowno, studentId from student) where mod(rowno,2)=1. 48. How to select unique records from a table? Select unique records from a table by using DISTINCT keyword. Select DISTINCT StudentID, StudentName from Student. 49. What is the command used to fetch first 5 characters of the string? There are many ways to fetch first 5 characters of the string -. Select SUBSTRING(StudentName,1,5) as studentname from student. Select RIGHT(Studentname,5) as studentname from student. 50. Which operator is used in query for pattern matching? LIKE operator is used for pattern matching, and it can be used as -. % Matches zero or more characters. _(Underscore) Matching exactly one character. Example -. Select * from Student where studentname like a% Select * from Student where studentname like ami_ 50 more Question for web service 1) Define Web Service? A web service is a kind of software that is accessible on the Internet. It makes use of the XML messaging system and offers an easy to understand, interface for the end users. 2) What is new in this field for past few years? The initiation of XML in this field is the advancement that provides web service a single language to communicate in between the RPCs, web services and their directories. 3) Give me an example of real web service? One example of web services is IBM Web Services browser. You can get it from IBM Alphaworks site. This browser shows various demos related to web services. Basically web services can be used with the help of SOAP, WSDL, and UDDI . All these, provide a plugand-play interface for using web services such as stock-quote service, a traffic-report service, weather service etc. 4) How you define web service protocol stack? It is basically set of various protocols that can be used to explore and execute web services. The entire stack has four layers i.e. Service Transport, XML Messaging, Service Description and Service Discovery.
5) Can you define each of these layers of protocol stack? The Service Transport layer transfer messages between different applications, such as HTTP, SMTP, FTP, and Blocks Extensible Exchange Protocol (BEEP). The XML Messaging layer encodes messages in XML format so that messages can be understood at each end, such as XML-RPC and SOAP. The Service Description layer describes the user interface to a web service, such as WSDL. The Service Discovery layer centralizes services to a common registry and offer simple publish functionality, such as UDDI. 6) Define XML RPC? It is a protocol that makes use of XML messages to do Remote Procedure Calls. 7) Define SOAP? SOAP is an XML based protocol to transfer between computers. 8) Define WSDL? It means Web Services Description Language. It is basically the service description layer in the web service protocol stock. The Service Description layer describes the user interface to a web service. 9) What kind of security is needed for web services? Web Services The security level for web services should be more than that of what we say Secure Socket Layer (SSL). This level of security can be only achieved from Entrust Secure Transaction Platform. Web services need this level of security to ensure reliable transactions and secure confidential information . 10) Do you have any idea about foundation security services? As implies from its name, these services are the foundation or basics of integration, authentication, authorization, digital signatures and encryption processes. 11) Define Entrust Identification Service? Entrust Identification Service comes from the Entrust Security Transaction Platform. This platform allows companies to control the identities that are trusted to perform transactions for Web services transactions. 12) What UDDI means? UDDI stands for Universal, Description, Discovery, and Integration. It is the discovery layer in the web services protocol stack. 13) Define Entrust Entitlements Service? This service verifies entities that attempt to access a web service. For Example, the authentication service, the Entitlements Service ensures security in business operations. 14) Define Entrust Privacy Service?
As its name implies, it deals with security and confidentiality. This service encrypts data to ensure that only concerned parties can access the data. 15) What do you mean by PKI? It means Public-Key Infrastructure. 16) What tools are used to test a web service? I have used SoapUI for SOAP WS and Firefox poster plugin for RESTFul Services. 17) Differentiate between a SOA and a Web service? SOA is a design and architecture to implement other services. SOA can be easily implemented using various protocols such as HTTP, HTTPS, JMS, SMTP, RMI, IIOP, RPC etc. While Web service, itself is an implemented technology. In fact one can implement SOA using the web service. 18) Discuss various approaches to develop SOAP based web service? We can develop SOAP based web service with two different types of approaches such as contract-first and contract-last. In the first approach, the contract is defined first and then the classes are derived from the contract while in the later one, the classes are defined first and then the contract is derived from these classes. 19) If you have to choose one approach, then what will be your choice? In my point of view, the first approach that is the contract-first approach is more feasible as compared to the second one but still it depends on other factors too. 20) Is there any special application required to access web service? No, you dont need to install any special application to access web service. You can access web service from any application that supports XML based object request and response. 21) Can you name few free and commercial implementations for web services? The implementations I know are Apache SOAP, JAX-WS Reference Implementation, JAX-RS Reference Implementation, Metro, Apache CXF, MS.NET and Java 6. 22) Name browser that allows access to web service? JavaScript XmlHttpRequest object is required to access web service via browsers. The browsers that support this object are Internet Explorer, Safari and Mozilla-based browsers like FireFox. 23) What is REST? REST stands for Representational State Transfer. REST itself is not a standard, while it uses various standards such as HTTP, URL, XML/HTML/GIF/JPEG (Resource Representations) and text/xml, text/html, image/gif, image/jpeg, etc (MIME Types). 24) How one can provide API to users? To provide an API to the users, one can easily do this with an open table. All you need to do is to write open table which is basically an XML schema that point to a web service.
25) Name the various communication channels in web service? Web service is integrated with three protocols such as HTTP/POST, HTTP/GET, and SOAP. It provides three different communication channels to clients. Client can choose any communication method as per requirements. 26) How can you document web service? Web services are contemplated as self-documenting because they provide entire information regarding the available methods and parameters used for XML based standard, known as WSDL. One can also provide more information to explain web services via their own WebService and WebMethod attributes. 27) What are the situations, when we need ASP.NET web services? ASP.NET web services are used when one need to implement three tier architecture in a web service. It allows handy ways to use middle tier components through internet. The main advantage of .NET Web services is that they are capable enough to communicate across firewalls because they use SOAP as transport protocol. 28) What are distributed technologies? The increasing ratio of distributed applications has raised demand for distributed technologies. It allows segmenting of application units and transferring them to different computers on different networks. 29) Differentiate between web services, CORBA and DCOM? Web services transfer/receive messages to/from application respectively, via HTTP protocol. It uses XML to encode data. CORBA and DCOM transfer/receive messages to/from application respectively, via nonstandard protocols such as IIOP and RPC. 30) Can you tell few benefits of web services? The biggest advantage of web service is that is supported by wide variety of platforms. Moreover, in near future, web services may spread its boundary and enhance new methods that will provide ease to clients. The enhancement will not affect the clients, even if they offer old methods and parameters. 31) Can you name some standards used in web services? The standards used in web services are WSDL (used to create interface definition), SOAP (used to structure data), HTTP (communication channels), DISCO (used to create discovery documents) and UDDI (used to create business registries). 32) Explain in brief, what DISCO is? DISCO means discovery. It groups the list of interrelated web services. The organization that provides web services, issues a DISCO file on its server and that file contains the links of all the provided web services. This standard is good when client knows the company
already. Also it can be used within a local network as well. 33) Explain in brief, what UDDI is? UDDI (Universal Description, Discovery, and Integration) provides consolidated directory for web services on the internet. Clients use UDDI to find web services as per their business needs. It basically hosts the web services from various companies. In order to share web services, you need to publish it in UDDI. 34) Explain the .NET web services supported data types? .Net web services uses XML-based standards to transfer/receive information. Thus, .NET web services can only works with data types known by XML schema standard. Like FileSteam, Eventlog etc. are not recognized by the XML schema standards and hence, not supported in web services. 35) How a .NET web service is tested? ASP.NET uses a test page routinely, when one calls for the URL of .asmx file in any browser. This page shows complete information regarding web services. 36) How a .NET web service is consumed? Since we know that web services are constructed on XML standards. Therefore, clients need to have complete understanding of XML-based messages to interchange messages. Clients can communicate with web services through .NET framework that offers proxy mechanisms. These proxy mechanisms have detailed information regarding data sharing within web services that can be easily used by the clients. 37) Can you name the two Microsoft solutions for distributed applications? The two Microsoft solutions for distributed applications are .NET Web Services and .NET Remoting. 38) Differentiate between .NET Web Services and .NET Remoting? As far as protocol is concerned, .NET Web Service uses HTTP, while, .NET Remoting uses any protocol i.e. TCP/HTTP/SMTP. When it comes to performance, .NET Remoting is comparatively, faster than.NET Web Service. Also, as .NET Web Services are hosted via IIS, therefore, it is far more reliable than the .NET Remoting. 39) Name the components to be published while deploying a Web Service? The components that need to be published during a web service deployment are Web Application Directory, Webservice.asmx File, Webservice.Disco File, Web.Config File and Bin Directory. 40) What are the steps performed by the client to access a web service? First of all a web reference to the web service is created by the client in his application. Then a proxy class is generated. After that an object of the proxy class is created and at last, the web service is accessed via that proxy object.
41) How web services are implemented in .NET? To implement web services in .NET, HTTP handlers are used that interrupt requests to .asmx files. 42) Explain few disadvantages of Response Caching? Response Caching is useless or incompetent when method accepts extensive amount of values because caching means to store lot of information. Also, if the method depends on external source of information, and that are not provided within the parameters then such methods are bypassed. 43) What is the alternate solution to Response Caching? One can use Data Caching (System.Web.Caching.Cach) instead of Response Caching. 44) Brief few drawbacks of using GET and POST methods to communicate with the web service? These methods are less secure and inhibit users to pass structures and objects as arguments. Also, it doesnt allow users to pass ByRef arguments. 45) How can one access a class as a web service? To access a class as a web service, one should inherit the class from the System.Web.Services.WebService class and qualify the class with the WebService attribute. 46) How can one access the web service class method via internet? To access web service class method via internet, one should qualify a method with the WebMethod attribute. 47) How a SOAP message is structured? A SOAP message is consists of SOAP Envelope, SOAP Headers, and SOAP Body. 48) Can you name different kinds of web services? There are two types of web services in total i.e. SOAP based web service and RESTful web service. This question is already mentioned earlier. 49) Whats different in RESTful web services? The RESTful web services contains no contract or WSDL file. 50) Give me few reasons to use RESTful web service? The RESTFul web services are simple to implement and test. It supports various data formats such as XML, JSON etc. C# interview questions and answers Whats the advantage of using System.Text.StringBuilder over System.String? StringBuilder is more efficient in the cases, where a lot of manipulation is done to the text. Strings are immutable, so each time its being operated on, a new instance is created.
Can you store multiple data types in System.Array? No. Whats the difference between the System.Array.CopyTo() and System .Array.Clone()? The first one performs a deep copy of the array, the second one is shallow. How can you sort the elements of the array in descending order? By calling Sort() and then Reverse() methods. Whats the .NET datatype that allows the retrieval of data by a unique key? HashTable. Whats class SortedList underneath? A sorted HashTable. Will finally block get executed if the exception had not occurred? Yes. Whats the C# equivalent of C++ catch (), which was a catch-all statement for any possible exception? A catch block that catches the exception of type System.Exception. You can also omit the parameter data type in this case and just write catch {}. Can multiple catch blocks be executed? No, once the proper catch code fires off, the control is transferred to the finally block (if there are any), and then whatever follows the finally block. Why is it a bad idea to throw your own exceptions? Well, if at that point you know that an error has occurred, then why not write the proper code to handle that error instead of passing a new Exception object to the catch block? Throwing your own exceptions signifies some design flaws in the project. Whats a delegate? A delegate object encapsulates a reference to a method. In C++ they were referred to as function pointers. Whats a multicast delegate? Its a delegate that points to and eventually fires off several methods. Hows the DLL Hell problem solved in .NET? Assembly versioning allows the application to specify not only the library it needs to run (which was available under Win32), but also the version of the assembly. What are the ways to deploy an assembly? An MSI installer, a CAB archive, and XCOPY command. Whats a satellite assembly? When you write a multilingual or multi -cultural application in .NET, and want to distribute the core application separately from the localized modules, the localized assemblies that modify the core application are called satellite assemblies. What namespaces are necessary to create a localized application? System.Globalization, System.Resources. Whats the difference between // comments, /* */ comments and /// comments? Single line, multi-line and XML documentation comments. How do you generate documentation from the C# file commented properly with a command-line compiler? Compile it with a /doc switch.
Whats the difference between <c> and <code> XML documentation tag? Single line code example and multiple-line code example. Is XML case-sensitive? Yes, so <Student> and <student> are different elements. What debugging tools come with the .NET SDK? CorDBG command-line debugger, and DbgCLR graphic debugger. Visual Studio .NET uses the DbgCLR. To use CorDbg, you must compile the original C# file using the /debug switch. What does the This window show in the debugger? It points to the object thats pointed to by this reference. Objects instance data is shown. What does assert() do? In debug compilation, assert takes in a Boolean condition as a parameter, and shows the error dialog if the condition is false. The program proceeds without any interruption if the condition is true. Whats the difference between the Debug class and Trace class? Documentation looks the same. Use Debug class for debug builds, use Trace class for both debug and release builds. Why are there five tracing levels in System.Diagnostics.TraceSwitcher? The tracing dumps can be quite verbose and for some applications that are constantly running you run the risk of overloading the machine and the hard drive there. Five levels range from None to Verbose, allowing to fine-tune the tracing activities. Where is the output of TextWriterTraceListener redirected? To the Console or a text file depending on the parameter passed to the constructor. How do you debug an ASP.NET Web application? Attach the aspnet_wp.exe process to the DbgClr debugger. What are three test cases you should go through in unit testing? Positive test cases (correct data, correct output), negative test cases (broken or missing data, proper handling), exception test cases (exceptions are thrown and caught properly). Can you change the value of a variable while debugging a C# application? Yes, if you are debugging via Visual Studio.NET, just go to Immediate window. Explain the three services model (three-tier application). Presentation (UI), business (logic and underlying code) and data (from storage or other sources). What are advantages and disadvantages of Microsoft-provided data provider classes in ADO.NET? SQLServer.NET data provider is high-speed and robust, but requires SQL Server license purchased from Microsoft. OLE-DB.NET is universal for accessing other sources, like Oracle, DB2, Microsoft Access and Informix, but its a .NET layer on top of OLE layer, so not the fastest thing in the world. ODBC.NET is a deprecated layer provided for backward compatibility to ODBC engines. Whats the role of the DataReader class in ADO.NET connections? It returns a read -only dataset from the data source when the command is executed.
What is the wildcard character in SQL? Lets say you want to query database with LIKE for all employees whose name starts with La. The wildcard character is %, the proper query with LIKE would involve La%. Explain ACID rule of thumb for transactions. Transaction must be Atomic (it is one unit of work and does not dependent on previous and following transactions), Consistent (data is either committed or roll back, no in-between case where something has been updated and something hasnt), Isolated (no transaction sees the intermediate results of the current transaction), Durable (the values persist if the data had been committed even if the system crashes right after). What connections does Microsoft SQL Server support? Windows Authentication (via Active Directory) and SQL Server authentication (via Microsoft SQL Server username and passwords). Which one is trusted and which one is untrusted? Windows Authentication is trusted because the username and password are checked with the Active Directory, the SQL Server authentication is untrusted, since SQL Server is the only verifier participating in the transaction. Why would you use untrusted verificaion? Web Services might use it, as well as nonWindows applications. What does the parameter Initial Catalog define inside Connection String? The database name to connect to. Whats the data provider name to connect to Access database? Microsoft.Access. What does Dispose method do with the connection object? Deletes it from the memory. What is a pre-requisite for connection pooling? Multiple processes must agree that they will share the same connection, where every parameter is the same, including the security settings.
nterview Question and Answer for c#
03
ThursdayJAN 2013
LEAVE A COMMENT
POSTED BY RAKESH JOGANI IN INTERVIEW QUESTION AND ANSWER
Tags
asp.net, c#, interview question
1 Vote
Q1. What is Overloading? Ans. When we add a new method with the same name in a same/derived class but with different number/types of parameters, the concept is called overload and this ultimately implements Polymorphism. Q2. What is Overriding? Ans. When we need to provide different implementation in a child class than the one provided by base class, we define the same method with same signatures in the child class and this is called overriding. Q3. What is a Delegate? Ans. A delegate is a strongly typed function pointer object that encapsulates a reference to a method, and so the function that needs to be invoked may be called at runtime. Q4. What is Ajax? Ans. Asyncronous Javascript and XML Ajax is a combination of client side technologies that sets up asynchronous communication between the user interface and the web server so that partial page rendering occur instead of complete page postbacks. What is the difference between Server.Transfer and Response.Redirect ? Response.Redirect send message to the browser saying it to move to some different page ,while Server.Transfer does not send any message to the browser but rather redirects the user directly from the server itself.So in Server.Transfer there is no round trip while Response.Redirect has a round trip and hence puts a load on the server. Using Server.Transfer you can not redirect to different from the server itself.For example,if your server is http://www.yahoo.com you can not use Server.Transfer to move to http://www.rediff.com ,but you can move tohttp://www.yahoo.com/tranvels i.e. within the website.Cross server redirection is only possible using Response.Redirect. With Server.Transfer you can preserve information.It has parameter called as preserveForm.Therefore, the existing query string etc. will be able in the calling page. If you are navigating within the website then user Server.Transfer else use Response.Redirect.
What is pure virtual function? Ans. A pure virtual function is a function which can be overridden in the derived class but cannot be defined. A virtual function can be declared as Pure by using the operator =0. Example -. Virtual void function1() // Virtual, Not pure Virtual void function2() = 0 //Pure virtual 38. What are all the operators that cannot be overloaded? Following are the operators that cannot be overloaded -. Scope Resolution (:: ) Member Selection (.) Member selection through a pointer to function (.*)
What is the significance of the Finalize method in .NET? The .NET Garbage Collector does nearly all the clean up activity for your objects. But unmanaged resources (for example: Windows API created objects, File, Database connection objects, COM objects and so on) are outside the scope of the .NET Framework that we need to explicitly clean our resources. For these types of objects, the .NET Framework provides the "Object.Finalize" method, which can be overridden and to clean up the code for unmanaged resources. Can it be put in this section? Why is it preferred to use it instaed of Finalize for clean up? The problem with Finalize is that garbage collection must make two rounds to remove objects that have Finalize methods. The figure below will make things clearer regarding the two rounds of garbage collection rounds for the objects having finalized methods.
Figure 1 In this scenario there are three objects, Object1, Object2 and Object3. Object2 has the Finalize method overridden and the remaining objects do not have the Finalize method overridden. Now when the Garbage Collector runs for the first time it searches for objects whose memory must be freed. He can see three objects but only cleans the memory for Object1 and Object3. Object2 is pushed to the finalization queue. Now the Garbage Collector runs for the second time. It sees that there are no objects to be released and then checks for the finalization queue and at this moment, it clears object2 from the memory. So if you notice that object2 was released from memory in the second round and not the first. That is why the best practice is to not write clean up of unmanaged resources in the Finalize method but instead use Dispose. What is the use of the Dispose method? The Dispose method belongs to the "IDisposable" interface. We had seen in the previous section how bad it can be to override the Finalize method to do the cleanup of unmanaged resources. So if any object wants to release its unmanaged code then it is best to implement IDisposable and override the Dispose method of the IDisposable interface. Now once your class has exposed the Dispose method it is the responsibility of the client to call the Dispose method to do the cleanup. How do I force the Dispose method to be called automatically, as clients can forget to call the Dispose method?
Call the Dispose method in the Finalize method and in the Dispose method to suppress the Finalize method from using "GC.SuppressFinalize". The following is the sample code of the pattern. This is the best way to clean our unallocated resources, and yes do not forget, we do not get the hit of running the Garbage Collector twice.
public class CleanClass : IDisposable { public void Dispose() { GC.SuppressFinalize(this); } protected override void Finalize() { Dispose(); } }
What is an interface and what is an abstract class? Please, expand by examples of using both. Explain why?
Answer 1 In an interface class, all methods are abstract without implementation whereas in an abstract class some methods can be defined concrete. In an interface, no accessibility modifiers are allowed. An abstract class may have accessibility modifiers. Interface and abstract classes are basically a set of rules that you need to follow in case you are using them (inheriting them). Answer 2 Abstract classes are closely related to interfaces. They are classes that cannot be instantiated, and are frequently either partially implemented, or not at all implemented. One key difference between abstract classes and interfaces is that a class may implement an unlimited number of interfaces, but may inherit from only one abstract (or any other kind of) class. A class that is derived from an abstract class may still implement interfaces. Abstract classes are useful when creating components because they allow you to specify an invariant level of functionality in some methods, but leave the implementation of other methods until a specific implementation of that class is needed. They also version well, because if additional functionality is needed in derived classes then it can be added to the base class without breaking code.
Answer 3
Abstract Classes An abstract class is a class not used to create objects. An abstract class is designed to act as a base class (to be inherited by other classes). An abstract class is a design concept in program development and provides a base upon which other classes are built. Abstract classes are similar to interfaces. After declaring an abstract class, it cannot be instantiated on it's own, it must be inherited. Like interfaces, abstract classes can specify members that must be implemented in inheriting classes. Unlike interfaces, a
class can inherit only one abstract class. Abstract classes can only specify members that should be implemented by all inheriting classes. Answer 4 An interface looks like a class, but has no implementation. They're great for putting together plug-n-play like architectures where components can be interchanged at will. Think Firefox Plug-in extension implementation. If you need to change your design then make it an interface. However, you may have abstract classes that provide some default behavior. Abstract classes are excellent candidates inside of application frameworks. Answer 5 One additional key difference between interfaces and abstract classes (possibly the most important one) is that multiple interfaces can be implemented by a class, but only one abstract class can be inherited by any single class. Some background on this: C++ supports multiple inheritance, but C# does not. Multiple inheritance in C++ has always been controversial, because the resolution of multiple inherited implementations of the same method from various base classes is hard to control and anticipate. C# decided to avoid this problem by allowing a class to implement multiple interfaces, that do not contain method implementations, but restricting a class to have at most a single parent class. Although this can result in redundant implementations of the same method when different classes implement the same interface, it is still an excellent compromise. Another difference between interfaces and abstract classes is that an interface can be implemented by an abstract class, but no class, abstract or otherwise, can be inherited by an interface.
Answer 6
What is an abstract class? An abstract class is a special kind of class that cannot be instantiated. So the question is, why do we need a class that cannot be instantiated? An abstract class is only to be sub-classed (inherited from). In other words, it only allows other classes to inherit from it but cannot be instantiated. The advantage is that it enforces certain hierarchies for all the subclasses. In simple words, it is a kind of contract that forces all the subclasses to carry on the same hierarchies or standards. What is an interface? An interface is not a class. It is an entity that is defined by the word interface. An interface has no implementation; it only has a signature, or in other words, just the definition of the methods without the body. As one of the similarities to an abstract class, it is a contract used to define hierarchies for all subclasses or it defines a specific set of methods and their arguments. The main difference between them is that a class can implement more than one interface but can only inherit from one abstract class. Since C# doesn't support multiple inheritance, interfaces are used to implement multiple inheritance. How does output caching work in ASP.NET?
Output caching is a powerful technique that increases request/response throughput by caching the content generated from dynamic pages. Output caching is enabled by default, but output from any given response is not cached unless an explicit action is taken to make the response cacheable. To make a response eligible for output caching, it must have a valid expiration/validation policy and public cache visibility. This can be done using either the low-level OutputCache API or the high-level @ OutputCache directive. When output caching is enabled, an output cache entry is created on the first GET request to the page. Subsequent GET or HEAD requests are served from the output cache entry until the cached request expires. The output cache also supports variations of cached GET or POST name/value pairs. The output cache respects the expiration and validation policies for pages. If a page is in the output cache and has been marked with an expiration policy that indicates that the page expires 60 minutes from the time it is cached then the page is removed from the output cache after 60 minutes. If another request is received after that time, the page code is executed and the page can be cached again. This type of expiration policy is called absolute expiration; a page is valid until a certain time. What is connection pooling and how do you make your application use it? Opening a database connection is a time-consuming operation. Connection pooling increases the performance of the applications by reusing the active database connections instead of creating a new connection for every request. Connection pooling behaviour is controlled by the connection string parameters. The following 4 parameters control most of the connection pooling behavior. 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect Timeout Max Pool Size Min Pool Size Pooling
What are various methods of session maintenance in ASP.NET? The 3 types are: 1. 2. 3. In-process storage. Session State Service. Microsoft SQL Server.
In-Process Storage The default location for session state storage is in the ASP.NET process itself. Session State Service
As an alternative to using in-process storage for session state, ASP.NET provides the ASP.NET State Service. The State Service gives you an out-of-process alternative for storing session state that is not tied quite so closely to ASP. Net's own process. To use the State Service, you need to edit the sessionState element in your ASP.NET application's web.config file. You'll also need to start the ASP.NET State Service on the computer that you specified in the stateConnectionString attribute. The .NET Framework installs this service, but by default it's set to manual startup. If you're going to depend on it for storing session state, you'll want to change that to automatic startup by using the Services MMC plug-in in the Administrative Tools group. If you make these changes and then repeat the previous set of steps then you'll see slightly different behavior: session state persists even if you recycle the ASP.NET process. There are two main advantages to using the State Service. First, it is not running in the same process as ASP.NET, so a crash of ASP.NET will not destroy session information. Second, the stateConnectionString that's used to locate the State Service includes the TCP/IP address of the service, that need not be running on the same computer as ASP.NET. This allows you to share state information across a web garden (multiple processors on the same computer) or even across a web farm (multiple servers running the application). With the default in-process storage, you can't share state information among multiple instances of your application. The major disadvantage of using the State Service is that it's an external process, rather than part of ASP.NET. That means that reading and writing session state is slower than it would be if you kept the state in-process. And, of course, it's one more process that you need to manage. As an example of the extra effort that this can entail, there is a bug in the initial release of the State Service that allows a determined attacker to crash the ASP.NET process remotely. If you're using the State Service to store session state then you should install the patch from Microsoft Security Bulletin MS02-66, or install SP2 for the .NET Framework. Microsoft SQL Server The final choice for storing state information is to save it in a Microsoft SQL Server database. To use SQL Server for storing session state, you need to perform several setup steps. Run the InstallSqlState.sql script on the Microsoft SQL Server where you intend to store session state. This script will create the necessary database and database objects. The .NET Framework installs this script in the same folder as its compilers and other tools,for example, "C:\WINNT\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v1.0.3705" on a Windows 2000 computer with the 1.0 version of the Framework. Edit the sessionState element in the web.config file for your ASP.NET application as follows. Supply the server name, user name, and password for a SQL Server account that has access to the session state database in the sqlConnectionString attribute. Like the State Service, SQL Server lets you share session state among the processors in a web garden or
the servers in a web farm. But you also get the additional benefit of persistent storage. Even if the computer hosting SQL Server crashes and is restarted, the session state information will still be present in the database, and will be available as soon as the database is running again. That's because SQL Server, being an industrial-strength database, is designed to log its operations and protect your data at (almost) all costs. If you're willing to invest in SQL Server clustering then you can keep the session state data available transparently to ASP.NET even if the primary SQL Server computer crashes. Like the State Service, SQL Server is slower than keeping session state in process. You also need to pay additional licensing fees to use SQL Server for session state in a production application. And, of course, you need to worry about SQL Server-specific threats such as the "Slammer" worm. What does the "EnableViewState" property do? Why would I want it on or off? Enable ViewState turns on the automatic state management feature that enables server controls to repopulate their values on a round trip without requiring you to write any code. This feature is not free however, since the state of a control is passed to and from the server in a hidden form field. You should be aware of when ViewState is helping you and when it is not. For example, if you are binding a control to data on every round trip (as in the datagrid example in tip #4), then you do not need the control to maintain it's view state, since you will wipe out any re-populated data in any case. ViewState is enabled for all server controls by default. To disable it, set the EnableViewState property of the control to false. What is the difference between Server.Transfer and Response.Redirect? Why would I choose one over the other? Server.Transfer() : client is shown as it is on the requesting page only, but all the content is of the requested page. Data can be persisted across the pages using a Context.Item collection, which is one of the best ways to transfer data from one page to another keeping the page state alive. Response.Dedirect() :client knows the physical location (page name and query string as well). Context.Items looses the persistence when navigating to a destination page. In earlier versions of IIS, if we wanted to send a user to a new web page, the only option we had was Response.Redirect. While this method does accomplish our goal, it has several important drawbacks. The biggest problem is that this method causes each page to be treated as a separate transaction. Besides making it difficult to maintain your transactional integrity, Response.Redirect introduces some additional headaches. First, it prevents good encapsulation of code. Second, you lose access to all of the properties in the Request object. Sure, there are workarounds, but they're difficult. Finally, Response.Redirect necessitates a round trip to the client, which, on high-volume sites, causes scalability problems. As you might suspect, Server.Transfer fixes all of these problems. It does this by performing the transfer on the server without requiring a roundtrip to the client. Polymorphism, Method hiding and overriding One of the fundamental concepts of object oriented software development is polymorphism. The term polymorphism (from the Greek meaning "having multiple forms") in OOP is the characteristic of being able to assign a different meaning or usage to something in different contexts; specifically, to allow a variable to refer to more than one type of an object. Example Class Hierarchy Let's assume the following simple class hierarchy with classes A, B and C for the discussions in this text. A
is the super-class or base class, B is derived from A and C is derived from class B. In some of the easier examples, we will only refer to a part of this class hierarchy.
Figure 2 Inherited Methods A method Foo() that is declared in the base class A and not redeclared in classes B or C is inherited in the two subclasses. using System; namespace Polymorphism { class A { public void Foo() { Console.WriteLine("A::Foo()"); } } class B : A {} class Test { static void Main(string[] args) { A a = new A(); a.Foo(); // output --> "A::Foo()" B b = new B(); b.Foo(); // output --> "A::Foo()" } } } There are two problems with this code as in the following: The output is not really what we, say from Java, expected. The method Foo() is a non-virtual method. C# requires the use of the keyword virtual for a method to actually be virtual. An example using virtual methods and polymorphism will be given in the next section.
Although the code compiles and runs, the compiler produces a warning: ...\polymorphism.cs(11,15): warning CS0108: The keyword new is required on 'Polymorphism.B.Foo()' because it hides inherited member 'Polymorphism.A.Foo()'
This issue will be discussed in section Hiding and Overriding Methods. Virtual and Overridden Methods Only if a method is declared virtual, derived classes can override this method if they are explicitly declared to override the virtual base class method with the override keyword. using System; namespace Polymorphism class A { public virtual void Foo() { Console.WriteLine("A::Foo()"); } } class B : A { public override void Foo() { Console.WriteLine("B::Foo()"); } } class Test { static void Main(string[] args) { A a; B b; a = new A(); b = new B(); a.Foo(); // output --> "A::Foo()" b.Foo(); // output --> "B::Foo()" a = new B(); a.Foo(); // output --> "B::Foo()" } } } Method Hiding Why did the compiler in the second listing generate a warning? Because C# not only supports method overriding, but also method hiding. Simply put, if a method is not overriding the derived method, it is hiding it. A hiding method must be declared using the new keyword. The correct class definition in the second listing is thus:
using System; namespace Polymorphism { class A { public void Foo() { Console.WriteLine("A::Foo()"); } } class B : A { public new void Foo() { Console.WriteLine("B::Foo()"); } } class Test { static void Main(string[] args) { A a; B b; a = new A(); b = new B(); a.Foo(); // output --> "A::Foo()" b.Foo(); // output --> "B::Foo()" a = new B(); a.Foo(); // output --> "A::Foo()" } } } Combining Method Overriding and Hiding Methods of a derived class can both be virtual and at the same time hide the derived method. In order to declare such a method, both keywords virtual and new must be used in the method declaration: class A { public void Foo() {} } class B : A { public virtual new void Foo() {} } A class C can now declare a method Foo() that either overrides or hides Foo() from class B:
class C : B { public override void Foo() {} // or public new void Foo() {} } Conclusion C# is not Java. Only methods in base classes need not override or hide derived methods. All methods in derived classes require to be either defined as new or as overriden. Know what your doing and look out for compiler warnings. For more informative articles, visit my blog A Practical Approach .

C#

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

C#

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

C# Basics Explained in Brief

JULY 11, 2013 BY KASIA MIKOLUK3 COMMENTS

Classes, Members and Objects

1. What are the advantages of C# over C, C++ or Java?

2. How are namespaces used in C#?

5. How are methods overloaded in C#?

6. Why use encapsulation?

7. What is the difference between a class and a struct?

8. What is the GAC?

9. How does .NET help to manage DLLs on a system?

10. What types of error can occur in a C# program?

ADO.NET INTERVIEW QUESTIONS

How do you create an instance of SqlDataReader class?

ASP.NET INTERVIEW QUESTIONS ON MASTER PAGES

HOW MANY WEB.CONFIG FILES CAN I HAVE IN AN APPLICATION?

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF SERVER.MAPPATH METHOD IN ASP.NET?

WHAT IS A STRONG NAME IN MICROSOFT.NET?

[Assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] [assembly: AssemblyDelaySign(false)] [assembly: AssemblyKeyFile("..\\..\\KeyFile.snk")]

Compile the application, we have created a strong named assembly.

Subscribe to: Posts (Atom)

div src="images/<%# b >

Control to Validate, Error Message.

Form authentication Windows authentication Passport

XmlTextReader XmlNodeReader XmlValidatingReader

There are two concrete implementations of XmlWriter:

Detect and redirect Run-time adjustment Using Satellite assemblies.

Element cannot be inserted or deleted in Elements can be inserted and deleted.

The following are points to remember about delegates:

Note: You can also handle events by anonymous methods. Events

The Stored Procedure cannot call triggers

The triggers can call Stored Procedures.

AJAX and REST Support Extensibility

C# Experienced Interview Questions.

Class A:System.Object //c# standard-every object is derived from system.object class

Implementation inheritance Interface inheritance

Interview Question and Answer for c# Part 2

POSTED BY RAKESH JOGANI IN INTERVIEW QUESTION AND ANSWER

nterview Question and Answer for c#

POSTED BY RAKESH JOGANI IN INTERVIEW QUESTION AND ANSWER

asp.net, c#, interview question

You might also like